WO2023118023A2 - Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field - Google Patents

Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023118023A2
WO2023118023A2 PCT/EP2022/086819 EP2022086819W WO2023118023A2 WO 2023118023 A2 WO2023118023 A2 WO 2023118023A2 EP 2022086819 W EP2022086819 W EP 2022086819W WO 2023118023 A2 WO2023118023 A2 WO 2023118023A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
inductor
branch
capacitor
magnetic field
body tissue
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2022/086819
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2023118023A3 (en
Inventor
Luka Leon GRIES
Original Assignee
Zimmer Medizinsysteme Gmbh
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/555,805 external-priority patent/US20230191145A1/en
Priority claimed from US17/846,724 external-priority patent/US20230414961A1/en
Priority claimed from US18/083,439 external-priority patent/US20230248989A1/en
Priority claimed from US18/083,371 external-priority patent/US20230211171A1/en
Application filed by Zimmer Medizinsysteme Gmbh filed Critical Zimmer Medizinsysteme Gmbh
Publication of WO2023118023A2 publication Critical patent/WO2023118023A2/en
Publication of WO2023118023A3 publication Critical patent/WO2023118023A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N2/00Magnetotherapy

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for generating a magnetic field, in particular for application to (human or animal) body tissue.
  • the invention can in particular be used to generate an alternating magnetic field, i.e. a magnetic field whose magnetic field strength varies over time, and in particular a magnetic field whose magnetic field strength reverses its orientation over time.
  • Such alternating magnetic fields can be used to generate a voltage in the body tissue, in particular so as to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction in the body tissue, in particular so as to cause a muscle reaction in the body tissue.
  • the voltage can be sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect, or some other (desirable) effect in the body tissue, i.e. not necessarily a therapeutic effect, for example the strengthening of muscle tissue.
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a device for generating an alternating magnetic field known to the inventor (and not admitted as prior art).
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 1 includes a capacitor 101 electrically connected, via two branches 105 and 106 of connecting circuitry, to an inductor 102.
  • the capacitor 101 is also connected, via a switch 108, to a source of electrical energy, such as a voltage source 107.
  • a source of electrical energy such as a voltage source 107.
  • One terminal of each of the capacitor 101 , inductor 102 and voltage source 107 is connected to ground (indicated by triangles towards the bottom of Fig. 1).
  • switch 108 is shown in Fig. 1 as a separate circuit element, it can alternatively be integrated into, or form part of, voltage source 107.
  • a thyristor 103 forms part of the first branch 105, i.e. one terminal (in Fig. 1 the left-hand terminal, i.e. the anode) of the thyristor 103 is electrically connected to the capacitor 101 .
  • a second terminal (in Fig. 1 the right-hand terminal, i.e. the cathode) of the thyristor 103 is electrically connected to the inductor 102.
  • a third terminal, the gate terminal of the thyristor is electrically connected to suitable circuitry for "firing" the thyristor 103. Circuitry for firing the thyristor 103 is not shown in Fig. 1 , but is known to those skilled in the art.
  • a diode 104 forms part of the second branch 106, i.e. one terminal (in Fig. 1 the lefthand terminal, i.e. the cathode) of the diode 104 is electrically connected to the capacitor 101.
  • a second terminal (in Fig. 1 the right-hand terminal, i.e. the anode) of the diode 104 is electrically connected to the inductor 102.
  • electrical current can flow between the capacitor 101 and the inductor 102 either via the first branch 105 or the second branch 106, depending on whether the thyristor 103 or the diode 104 is in a conductive state or "ON" state.
  • the polarity of the thyristor 103 and the diode 104 is such that only one of these components is conductive at any one time. It will be appreciated that, even when the thyristor 103 or the diode 104 is in a non-conductive state, a small amount of electrical current may nevertheless flow through these components.
  • the terms "conductive (state)” and “non-conductive (state)” and similar are preferably to be interpreted accordingly.
  • the direction of conventional current in an electrical circuit is defined as the direction in which positive charges flow. Negatively charged carriers, such as the electrons, therefore flow in the opposite direction of conventional current flow in an electrical circuit.
  • electrical current flowing from the capacitor 101 to the inductor 102 will (only) flow through the first branch 105 (assuming the thyristor 103 is in a conductive state), whereas electrical current flowing from the inductor 102 to the capacitor 101 will (only) flow through the second branch 106 (assuming the diode 104 is in a conductive state).
  • the inductor 102 can be brought into proximity with body tissue so that any magnetic field generated by inductor 102 is applied to the body tissue.
  • the operation of the device shown in Fig. 1 is as follows.
  • the capacitor 101 is electrically charged by voltage source 107.
  • switch 108 is closed at a suitable time so as to electrically connect voltage source 107 to capacitor 101.
  • Switch 108 can be operated by suitable circuitry, which is again not shown in Fig. 1 but will be familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • switch 108 is opened. In the example shown in Fig. 1 , the capacitor 101 will be charged such that the (in Fig. 1) upper terminal will be positive and the lower terminal will be negative. This is also indicated by the symbols "+" and next to voltage source 107.
  • capacitor 101 the electrical charge now stored in capacitor 101 will remain in capacitor 101 since the diode 104 is in a non-conductive state. Electrical current can (initially) also not flow from capacitor 101 to inductor 102 via the first branch 105, unless and until thyristor 103 is fired via its gate terminal.
  • thyristor 103 is fired via its gate terminal. Current can now flow from capacitor 101 to inductor 102, thereby enabling inductor 102 to generate a magnetic field.
  • thyristor 103 remains in a conductive state even if the signal (gate current) which fired thyristor 103 is no longer present at its gate terminal. While current flows from capacitor 101 through the first branch 105 and through inductor 102, the charge stored in capacitor 101 (and thus the voltage between the two terminals of capacitor 101) decreases. This decrease in voltage approximately follows a cosine shape, starting at an initial maximum value at the time when thyristor 103 is fired.
  • the current through inductor 102 reaches its maximum value substantially at the same time as the charge stored in capacitor 101 has dropped to zero.
  • the period of time from the initial firing of thyristor 103 up to the point in time when the current through inductor 102 reaches its maximum value can be regarded as a quarter wave, or TT / 2.
  • a magnetic field generated by the current through inductor 102 is also at a maximum value, whilst the electrical energy stored in capacitor 101 is zero.
  • the electrical energy that was initially stored in capacitor 101 has now been converted into magnetic energy, i.e. the magnetic field generated by the current through inductor 102.
  • the energy is now stored in the magnetic field.
  • the magnetic field resists its decrease current continues to flow through inductor 102 and through the first branch 105.
  • the diode 104 is still in a non-conductive state. Accordingly, this continued current flow charges capacitor 101 , but this time with opposite polarity compared with its initial state.
  • capacitor 101 As capacitor 101 is charged up to a negative maximum value (approximately corresponding to the initial maximum charge, but of opposite polarity), the current through inductor 102 and accordingly also the magnetic field decreases until, one half wave after initial firing of thyristor 103, or at the time of TT, it has become zero. At this time, the charge (or voltage) of capacitor 101 has reached its maximum value of opposite polarity. Between TT / 2 and TT, the voltage of capacitor 101 and current through inductor 102 continue to follow the approximated cosine and sine shapes, respectively.
  • thyristor 103 becomes non-conductive and diode 104 becomes conductive, in a or its forward direction.
  • this forward direction corresponds to a current direction from inductor 102 to capacitor 101.
  • the process described above in connection with the first half wave is then effectively repeated during a second half wave, except that, at the time of TT (i.e. at a point in time at the end of the first half wave or at the beginning of the second half wave), the polarity of the voltage of capacitor 101 is the opposite of the initial polarity, and likewise the current direction through inductor 102 during the second half wave is the opposite of the current direction through inductor 102 during the first half wave.
  • inductor 102 flows through the second branch 106, rather than through the first branch 105.
  • the voltage of capacitor 101 and current through inductor 102 continue to follow, respectively, the (approximated) cosine and sine shapes which they started during the first half wave.
  • the present invention provides an apparatus and a method in accordance with the independent claims. Further embodiments are set out in the dependent claims.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction,
  • the apparatus according to the first aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 .
  • the addition of the second inductor in the first branch or the second branch constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the electric storage device in particular if a capacitor is used as electric storage device, together with the first inductor and the connecting circuitry can effectively be regarded as a resonant circuit (or LC circuit).
  • a resonant circuit or LC circuit
  • the electrical current would normally take the same path through the resonant circuit regardless of the direction in which it flows at any one time
  • the electrical current would flow either through the first branch or the second branch, depending on the direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor.
  • the current flow stops until the switching device is operated (e.g. fired) again to allow current to flow through the first branch.
  • the behavior can be regarded as somewhat similar to that of a resonant circuit.
  • the above formula can still serve as an approximation, including for the purpose of embodiments of the present invention.
  • a capacitor is used as electric storage device in the apparatus according to the first aspect, the capacitance C of the circuit is the same regardless of whether the electrical current flows through the first branch or the second branch.
  • the applicable inductance of the circuit depends on whether the current flows through the first branch or the second branch. Applying this to a typical resonant circuit, this would mean that the frequency > 0 of the resonant circuit would depend on whether the current flows through the first branch or the second branch. In other words, the respective durations of the two half waves of a full cycle would be different. In embodiments of the first aspect, the respective durations of the two half waves will also be different due to the addition of the second conductor in either the first branch or the second branch.
  • the system comprising the electric storage device, the first inductor and the first and/or second branch of the connecting circuitry, one of which will include the second inductor, will be referred to as a resonant circuit even though, strictly speaking, it does not necessarily constitute a resonant circuit.
  • a reference to the frequency of the resonant circuit is preferably intended to be understood not only to refer to an actual oscillation (in particular several consecutive oscillations), but also a reference to the duration of a half wave, or even more generally a reference to the rate of change (over time) of the electric current in the resonant circuit, a rate of change (over time) of a voltage at one of its components, or a rate of change (over time) of any other electrical property of the resonant circuit.
  • Suitable inductors for use as the first inductor and/or the second inductor are known in the art. They may in particular comprise at least one set of turns (of a wire) of any suitable shape, such as generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns. These turns may or may not be wound on a core.
  • the switching device of the apparatus according to the first aspect may comprise a thyristor.
  • a thyristor may be preferred over other switching devices since, once it has been fired, the thyristor remains in the conductive state even once the gate signal has been removed. Further, the thyristor changes into the non-conductive state once the polarity at its terminals (anode and cathode) is reversed.
  • switching devices can be used instead of a ("normal") thyristor.
  • a gate turn-off (GTO-thyristor) can be used. This essentially has the same characteristics as a "normal" thyristor, but additionally it can be brought into the non-conductive state by applying a gate signal of the opposite polarity compared with the initial gate signal for firing the GTO-thyristor.
  • Further alternative switching devices include, without limitation, IGBT, FET or any other switching devices which can be switched on and off at appropriate times, in particular switched off after the first half wave.
  • suitable switching circuitry may be provided. This can, for example, include a (micro-)controller, which may be programmed so as to switch the switching device on and/or off at desired points in time. As an alternative, or in addition, additional (analog) circuitry may be provided for switching the switching device off depending on a voltage which is present at a point in the first branch, in particular a voltage which is present at a terminal of the switching device which, as part of the first branch, is connected to the first inductor.
  • a (micro-)controller which may be programmed so as to switch the switching device on and/or off at desired points in time.
  • additional (analog) circuitry may be provided for switching the switching device off depending on a voltage which is present at a point in the first branch, in particular a voltage which is present at a terminal of the switching device which, as part of the first branch, is connected to the first inductor.
  • the term "electrical connection” is preferably intended to be understood to mean a connection enabling an electrical current to flow, in particular an electrical current of substantial magnitude. Such electric connection may be accomplished by a conductor such as a metallic wire, but may also involve semiconductor components in an ON-state.
  • the term “electrical connection” is preferably not intended to cover a semiconductor component in an OFF-state, even though an electrical current (such as a reverse leakage current in a diode or thyristor) may flow through such a semiconductor component when in the OFF-state. Any such reverse leakage current would typically be significantly smaller than an electrical current able to flow when the semiconductor component is in the ON-state.
  • the term “electrically connect” is to be understood in a corresponding manner.
  • various components can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of an assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch.
  • This includes diodes, in particular those with a p-n junction or a metal-semiconductor junction (Schottky contact). More generally, it includes components which have a similar functionality as a diode, including rectifiers such as electrolytic rectifiers, mercury-arc rectifiers, plate rectifiers (metal rectifiers, in particular selenium rectifiers) and vacuum tube rectifiers (vacuum tube diodes).
  • the components listed in the preceding paragraph can be regarded as passive rectifiers, i.e. rectifiers which do not require any additional circuitry to influence the behavior of the rectifier.
  • active switching devices can be used, which can actively be switched by additional circuitry (which additional circuitry may be regarded as part of the assembly of electric or electronic components).
  • Such circuitry may comprise analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller.
  • Such (active) switching devices can be used instead of, for example, a diode in the second branch in any embodiments of the present invention.
  • the apparatus further comprises circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • Such circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor may comprise an electrical connection between the two terminals of the second inductor, whereby this electrical connection comprises a further switching device so as to selectively interrupt or close this electrical connection.
  • this electrical connection comprises a further switching device so as to selectively interrupt or close this electrical connection.
  • This variance in inductance also has the effect of varying the frequency of the resonant circuit.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit is lower (i.e. the respective half wave then has a longer duration) than when the second inductor is bypassed.
  • the magnitude of the current through the resonant circuit is lower than when the second inductor is bypassed.
  • an inductance of the second inductor is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
  • inductors of discretely variable or substantially continuously variable inductance are well known in the art. If the second inductor comprises a coil with a set of turns, the inductance can be varied discretely, by bypassing one or more (entire) turns or by bypassing a fraction of turns (for example three quarters of a turn or 5.375 turns). By using a variometer as the second inductor, the inductance can be varied substantially continuously.
  • Other possible implementations of inductors of (continuously) variable inductance include inductors with a core, e.g. a coil with a set of turns wound around a core, whereby the core is (partially) introduced into, or withdrawn from, the coil.
  • the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors forming part of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • the further inductors would be connected in series with the second inductor, although it would also be possible to connect them in parallel to the second inductor. Using two or more further inductors, it is also possible to use a combination of serial and parallel connections for the second and the further inductors.
  • the apparatus further comprises circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor and/or one or more of the one or more further inductors in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor has already been described above.
  • Bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors, either as an alternative, or in addition, to bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor has a corresponding effect, including the effect of varying the frequency of the resonant circuit and the effect of varying the magnitude of the current through the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • an inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
  • inductors with a discretely variable inductance or a substantially continuously variable inductance have already been explained above in connection with the second inductor. This can apply in like manner to the one or more further inductors.
  • inductors with a discretely or substantially continuously variable inductance can be used in combination with circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and/or one or more of the further inductors, but can also be used without such bypass circuitry.
  • inductors with a variable inductance in combination with bypass circuitry it is possible for the apparatus (the resonant circuit) to cover potentially a large variety of different frequencies, which may be variable in a discrete or substantially continuous manner.
  • the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that the inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are bypassed or short-circuited; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are not bypassed and not short- circuited and the inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is at a maximum.
  • the second inductor and the one or more further inductors are connected in series, their inductances are added to result in a (total) inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • the (total) inductance of the respective branch can be varied over a wide range.
  • the first inductor comprises at least one set of turns, preferably at least one set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the at least one set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the at least one set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
  • the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the switching device and the electric component or assembly of electric components, as well as the first and second branch of the connecting circuitry.
  • the casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor.
  • An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor).
  • the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
  • the charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the first aspect.
  • the charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of
  • the inventor has recognized that the various components of the apparatus are not “ideal" components in the electrical sense.
  • the individual components such as the electric storage device, the first inductor, the switching device and the electric components or assembly of electric components forming part of the second branch, as well as the connecting circuitry would typically have one or more of a parasitic resistance, capacitance and inductance.
  • both the first branch and the second branch will have a non-zero inductance.
  • the frequency respectively associated with the first and the second branch (each in combination with the electric storage device and the first inductor) will also be different, in particular significantly different.
  • the difference in inductance between the first branch and the second branch can be achieved in particular by including a second inductor (and potentially further inductors) in one of the branches, as has been explained in connection with the first aspect.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the first aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
  • the apparatus used in the third aspect is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, wherein a duration of the second half pulse is different from a duration of the first half pulse.
  • the difference in duration of the two half pulses stems from the difference in inductance of the first branch and the second branch, in particular due to the second (and any further) inductors forming part of one of the branches.
  • the method further comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying an inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
  • the bypassing or short-circuiting of the second inductor, as well as the varying of the inductance of the second inductor has already been explained in connection with the first aspect.
  • selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and between the second half pulse and a subsequent pulse.
  • Suitable (switching) circuitry can be used for actively bypassing or for short-circuiting the second inductor or for varying the inductance of the second inductor.
  • switching switching circuitry
  • different effects can be achieved: if done during the first half pulse (and assuming that the second inductor forms part of the first branch), the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse.
  • the signal e.g. the current through the first inductor
  • the signal changes its shape at the time when the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied. That is, it does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration).
  • the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave.
  • the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the second inductor is bypassed or short- circuited or its inductance is varied between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
  • a corresponding effect can be achieved by initially bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and interrupting the bypass or short-circuit either during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the two half pulses or between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
  • the method further comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
  • the second inductor influences the frequency of the resonant circuit and the magnitude of the current through the first inductor
  • the second inductor also has an influence on the magnetic field generated by the first inductor, which can be used to achieve particular effects in the body tissue.
  • bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the first inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal.
  • An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor can involve the use of the first inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the first inductor.
  • a first inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
  • the distance between the first inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
  • the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
  • the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
  • the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the first aspect or the method of the third aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the second inductor and, if applicable, bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance.
  • an apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components
  • the apparatus of the fourth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the first aspect.
  • the first inductor mentioned in connection with the fourth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the fourth aspect.
  • the apparatus of the fourth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the first inductor.
  • a number of (different) inductors for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the fourth aspect and used as the first inductor.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction
  • the apparatus according to the fifth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 .
  • the addition of the second inductor in series with the first inductor constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the explanations provided above in connection with the first aspect also apply in an analogous manner with respect to the fifth aspect, in particular regarding:
  • the electric storage device together with the first inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
  • the /LC applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the first and second inductor
  • bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting an inductor have already been provided above in connection with embodiments of the first aspect of the present disclosure. These details similarly apply to bypass circuitry of the fifth aspect.
  • the second inductor is not intended for this purpose.
  • any body tissue subjected to the magnetic field generated by the first inductor will also be subjected to the magnetic field generated by the second inductor.
  • the effects of this can be kept small, for example by placing the second inductor at a suitable distance from the first inductor (and thus from any body tissue to which the magnetic field generated by the first inductor is to be applied).
  • the main purpose of the second inductor is to vary the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the first and second inductors form a part. In this way, the frequency of this resonant circuit can be varied even if the inductance of the first inductor cannot be varied.
  • the change in the frequency can be used to influence the current through the first inductor, in particular at least one of the shape, duration or magnitude of a current pulse through the first inductor.
  • an inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable. Constructional details of inductors of discretely variable or substantially continuously variable inductance have already been described above in relation to the first aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors connected in series with the second inductor.
  • the one or more further inductors are also connected in series with the first inductor. Their inductance also influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the first and second inductors (and the one or more further inductors) form a part.
  • the one or more further inductors are not intended for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, and the explanations provided above in connection with the second inductor apply similarly to the one or more further inductors.
  • one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance.
  • the connecting circuitry further comprises further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors.
  • bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or shortcircuiting an inductor Constructional and operational details of bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or shortcircuiting an inductor have already been provided above in connection with embodiments of the first aspect of the present disclosure. These details similarly apply to further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more further inductors of embodiments of the fifth aspect.
  • the further bypass circuitry comprises individual circuit portions for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors individually.
  • one or more particular ones of the further inductors can be bypassed or short-circuited individually, whilst one or more other ones of the further inductors are not bypassed or short-circuited.
  • the total inductance of the circuit of which the first, second and further inductors form a part can assume various different values.
  • one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance and/or is provided with further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting a respective one of the one or more further inductors.
  • the total inductance of the circuit of which the first, second and further inductors form a part can be varied over a wide range.
  • the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that a total inductance of the connecting circuitry is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are bypassed or short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are not bypassed and not short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a maximum.
  • the total inductance of the circuit and hence the frequency of the circuit can be varied over a particularly large range, and, through this, the current through the first inductor can also be varied accordingly.
  • the shape, magnitude and/or duration of any current pulse through the first inductor can be varied over a correspondingly large range.
  • the ratio of L2 : L3 : Lm is substantially 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 : 16 etc.
  • the total inductance of the connecting circuitry can be varied from its minimum value up to its maximum value with a relatively small total number of inductors. If at least one of the inductors, for example the second inductor, has an inductance which is substantially continuously variable, the total inductance of the connecting circuitry can also be varied substantially continuously from its minimum value up to its maximum value.
  • the first inductor comprises at least one set of turns, preferably at least one set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the at least one set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the at least one set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
  • the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the switching device, the electric component or assembly of electric components, the first and second branch of the connecting circuitry and the second inductor (and, if provided, also the further inductors).
  • the casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor.
  • An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor).
  • the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
  • the charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the fifth aspect.
  • the charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the fifth aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry.
  • the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
  • the duration and magnitude of the first and second half pulses will be (at least approximately) the same, although, as explained above, the magnitude of the second half pulse may be somewhat smaller than the magnitude of the first half pulse due to energy losses in the circuit.
  • the inductances of the first and second branches are not the same (in particular if they are substantially different), the duration and magnitude of the first half pulse will be (significantly) different from those of the second half pulse.
  • the method further comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the connecting circuitry.
  • selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and after the pulse.
  • Suitable (switching) circuitry can be used for actively bypassing or for short-circuiting the second inductor or for varying the inductance of the second inductor.
  • switching can be used for actively bypassing or for short-circuiting the second inductor or for varying the inductance of the second inductor.
  • different effects can be achieved: if done during the first half pulse, the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse.
  • the signal e.g.
  • the current through the first inductor changes its shape at the time when the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied. That is, it does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration). If the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave. However, the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
  • a corresponding effect can be achieved by initially bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and interrupting the bypass or short-circuit either during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the two half pulses or between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
  • the method further comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • this may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
  • the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
  • the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the first inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
  • the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the fifth aspect or the method of the sixth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the second inductor and, if applicable, bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying its inductance.
  • an apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components
  • the apparatus of the seventh aspect is similar to the apparatus of the fifth aspect.
  • the first inductor mentioned in connection with the seventh aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the seventh aspect.
  • the apparatus of the seventh aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the first inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the seventh aspect and used as the first inductor.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein
  • the apparatus according to the eighth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1.
  • the use of a capacitor with a variable capacitance constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the capacitor arrangement (comprising at least one capacitor) of the eighth aspect which is a form of electric storage device (first and fifth aspect), together with the inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
  • any type of variable capacitor (or capacitor which has a variable capacitance) may be used as the capacitor of the eighth aspect, including mechanically controlled variable capacitors and electrically controlled variable capacitors.
  • the capacitance of the at least one capacitor influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor forms a part, i.e. by varying the capacitance of the at least one capacitor, the frequency of the resonant circuit is also varied, as described above.
  • the capacitance of the at least one capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable. In this way, the frequency of the resonant circuit is also (substantially) continuously variable. Alternatively, the capacitance of the at least one capacitor is discretely variable, preferably however in small steps. In this way, the frequency of the resonant circuit may be almost continuously variable.
  • the capacitor arrangement comprises one or more further capacitors connected in parallel to said capacitor. Their capacitance influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part.
  • At least one of the one or more further capacitors in particular all of the further capacitors, have a capacitance which is one of: variable; discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
  • This also helps to ensure that the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part can be adjusted.
  • the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a maximum.
  • the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors are connected in parallel, their capacitances are added to result in the total capacitance of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part (again assuming ideal components).
  • the total capacitance will also be (substantially) continuously variable from the minimum value to the maximum value mentioned above. But even if the capacitance of only one capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable and the capacitance of any further capacitor(s) is only discretely variable, the total capacitance may still be (substantially) continuously variable from the minimum value to the maximum value mentioned above.
  • the discrete steps by which the capacitance of any such further capacitor(s) is variable is no greater than the range over which the capacitance of the (first) capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 100 pF and 200 pF. Therefore, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 200 pF.
  • the further capacitor can be adjusted in discrete steps to assume the values 200 pF, 300 pF and 400 pF, and the capacitance of the first capacitor can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 100 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 200 pF and 500 pF.
  • the apparatus further comprises one or more further switching devices, one for each of the one or more further capacitors, wherein the one or more further switching devices are configured to selectively interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
  • the total capacitance of the circuit of which the first capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part can assume various different values.
  • the total capacitance of the circuit can also assume various different values and can in particular be adjustable, in particular (substantially) continuously, over a selected range.
  • the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is interrupted by the further switching devices; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a minimum and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is not interrupted; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a maximum.
  • the apparatus further comprises a charging circuit for charging the capacitor arrangement.
  • the charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor arrangement.
  • the charging circuit may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the eighth aspect, i.e. may not form part of the apparatus of the eighth aspect.
  • the first capacitor has a maximum capacitance of value C1
  • Cm is substantially equal to C1 * 2 (m-2) .
  • the ratio of C1 : C2 : Cm is substantially 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 : 16 etc.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be varied from its minimum value up to its maximum value over a relatively wide range with a relatively small total number of capacitors. If at least one of the capacitors, for example the first capacitor, has a capacitance which is (substantially) continuously variable, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can also be varied (substantially) continuously from its minimum value up to its maximum value.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the eighth aspect; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
  • the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse.
  • the pulses in particular their duration, amplitude and/or shape can be influenced by varying the capacitance of the capacitor arrangement.
  • the method further comprises varying a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement at a point in time which is one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and between the second half pulse and a subsequent pulse.
  • Suitable arrangements for varying the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement have already been described above, and include in particular the varying of the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement and/or using one or more further switching devices for respective ones of the one or more further capacitors to selectively establish or interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse.
  • the signal e.g. the current through the inductor
  • the signal does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration). If the varying of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement takes place between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave. However, the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the varying of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement takes place between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is varied such that a duration of the second half pulse is longer than a duration of the first half pulse. This can be achieved by increasing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement between the first and second half pulses, or at any time after the start of the first half pulse and before the end of the second half pulse.
  • Different effects can be achieved depending on whether the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is increased or reduced. It can be increased by increasing the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement, or by operating one or more further switching devices so as to establish an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry. Conversely, it can be reduced by reducing the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement, or by operating one or more further switching devices so as to interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry. Increasing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement will result in a longer pulse duration. Reducing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement will result in a shorter pulse duration.
  • the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue so as to generate the magnetic field in said body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement influences the frequency of the resonant circuit and the magnitude of the current through the inductor, this total capacitance also has an influence on the magnetic field generated by the inductor, which can be used to achieve particular effects in the body tissue.
  • bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal.
  • An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor can involve the use of the inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the inductor.
  • Such an inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
  • the distance between the inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
  • the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
  • the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
  • the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the eighth aspect or the method of the ninth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement, in particular by suitable choice of the capacitance of individual capacitors of the capacitor arrangement and/or, if applicable, operating one or more further switching devices so as to establish or interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
  • an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components,
  • the apparatus of the tenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the eighth aspect.
  • the inductor mentioned in connection with the eighth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the tenth aspect.
  • the apparatus of the tenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the tenth aspect and used as the inductor.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at a second point in time in order to interrupt said first electrical connection between the
  • the apparatus according to the eleventh aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1.
  • the construction of the apparatus in such a way that the switching device can be changed from the substantially non- conductive state to the conductive state and back to the substantially non-conductive state, respectively at first and second points in time which can be freely chosen constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the capacitor arrangement (comprising at least one capacitor) of the eleventh aspect, which is a form of electric storage device (first and fifth aspects), together with the inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
  • the term "freely chosen” does not necessarily mean that there are no restrictions at all, but at least there is a significant (temporal) range in which the first and second points in time can be chosen, in particular by a user of the apparatus.
  • the second point in time there is no need for the second point in time to be at a specific, fixed time delay after the first point in time, such as - assuming that the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner - after, or at the end of, a first half pulse.
  • the second point in time can be chosen independently from the first point in time.
  • a user would pre-select the first and second points in time, either as specific (or absolute) points in time or relative to another event.
  • a user may select the second point in time as a point in time after a selected time interval has elapsed since the first point in time.
  • the apparatus may have a suitable interface, such as a dial or touchscreen, via which the user can specify the selected time interval.
  • the apparatus further comprises a first controller for causing the switching device to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time and/or for causing the switching device to change from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at the second point in time.
  • the first controller may, for example, receive suitable inputs from a user, for example, via the interface mentioned above.
  • the first controller may, for example, comprise a microcontroller.
  • the first controller may be provided in the form of analog circuitry, for example circuitry connecting the interface mentioned above (e.g. a dial) with the switching device.
  • the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state in order to interrupt said second electrical connection between the electric storage device and the inductor.
  • the apparatus further comprises a second controller for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time and/or for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time.
  • the second controller may, for example, receive suitable inputs from a user, for example, via an interface such as the one mentioned above.
  • the second controller may, for example, comprise a microcontroller.
  • the second controller may be provided in the form of analog circuitry, for example circuitry connecting the interface mentioned above (e.g. a dial) with the at least one electrical circuit element.
  • the second controller may be identical to the first controller, in the sense that there is only one controller controlling both the switching device and the at least one electrical circuit element.
  • the first and second controllers may be provided as separate units.
  • the switching device comprises an insulated-gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), a field-effect transistor (FET), a metal-oxide-sem iconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) or a gate turn-off thyristor (GTO-thyristor). Any other suitable switching device, in particular one that can be switched off at a desired point in time, may be used instead.
  • IGBT insulated-gate bipolar transistor
  • FET field-effect transistor
  • MOSFET metal-oxide-sem iconductor field-effect transistor
  • GTO-thyristor gate turn-off thyristor
  • the at least one electrical circuit element comprises a passive electrical circuit element, in particular:
  • TRIAC triode for alternating current
  • thyristor in particular in combination with trigger circuitry connected to, or forming part of, the second branch to trigger the thyristor.
  • the capacitor arrangement is, or can be, or is arranged to be, charged up to a voltage U1.
  • the spark gap is rated to, i.e. becomes conductive at, a voltage U2.
  • the switching device suffers (significant) damage, or is destroyed, at or above a voltage U3, wherein: U1 ⁇ U2 ⁇ U3.
  • Adhering to this regime may ensure that the spark gap does not already become conductive as the capacitor arrangement is being charged. At the same time, it may ensure that the switching device (of the first branch) is not damaged or destroyed since the voltage that is arranged to cause the spark gap to become conductive may also be applied to the switching device (in reverse bias).
  • the at least one electrical circuit element comprises an active electrical circuit element or an arrangement of circuit elements, in particular a switching element controlled by analog circuitry or a microcontroller. This enables the user to actively control the electrical circuit element, rather than the electrical circuit element simply being allowed to become conductive or non-conductive depending on the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch.
  • a resistor may also be provided in the second branch.
  • the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time, wherein the third point in time coincides with the second point in time or is after the second point in time, in particular a predetermined or predeterminable time interval after the second point in time.
  • a user may specify the third point in time, for example via the interface mentioned above, and may in particular specify the time interval between the second point in time and the third point in time.
  • the third point in time may be fixed, or the interval between the second point in time and the third point in time may be fixed.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the eleventh aspect; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time so as to form said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at the second point in time and thereby interrupting said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state, thereby enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said at least one electrical circuit element.
  • switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time triggers an oscillation of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the second point in time is chosen not to coincide with a transition between a first half wave and a second half wave of said oscillation.
  • the oscillation can be aborted at a selected point in time, in order to achieve a particular effect.
  • the second point in time is chosen to be during the first half wave of said oscillation, preferably during a first quarter wave of said oscillation.
  • the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
  • Bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal.
  • An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor can involve the use of the inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the inductor.
  • Such an inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
  • the distance between the inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
  • the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
  • the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
  • the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the eleventh aspect or the method of the twelfth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the first and/or second points in time, in particular the time interval between the first and second points in time.
  • the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue so as to generate the magnetic field in said body tissue, wherein a duration between the first point in time and the second point in time defines a time interval, wherein the method further comprises, one or more times, carrying out the following steps: varying the time interval; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state; and after the varied time interval, switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state.
  • the oscillation is aborted at various times based on the varied time interval.
  • Various measurements can be carried out, in particular measurements regarding any reaction in the body tissue, and recorded and/or analyzed, in particular as a function of the varied time interval.
  • the method further comprises detecting whether a muscle reaction in the body tissue has been caused, in order to provide a detection result; and based on the detection result, determining a minimum duration, corresponding to the time interval or the varied time interval, at which the muscle reaction in the body tissue is caused.
  • an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive
  • the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the eleventh aspect.
  • the inductor mentioned in connection with the thirteenth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect and used as the inductor.
  • the first and second points in time can also be predetermined, i.e. chosen by a user or manufacturer in advance, and stored in a memory device of the apparatus or predetermined by the electrical design (analog circuitry design) of the apparatus - but again such that the first and second points in time do not coincide with the end of a first half pulse (again assuming that the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner).
  • the apparatus of the eleventh or thirteenth aspect is used or the method according to the twelfth aspect is executed, information regarding the first and/or second points in time, or the time interval between these, can be retrieved (e.g. from the memory device) and the apparatus controlled accordingly.
  • first and second points in time are predetermined by the electrical design (analog circuitry design) of the apparatus
  • using the apparatus of the eleventh or thirteenth aspect or executing the method according to the twelfth aspect will also result in the corresponding time interval between the first and second points in time.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second inductors, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises a first branch between the electric storage device and the first inductor and a second branch between the electric storage device and the second inductor; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric
  • the apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1. However, a) providing the second inductor, b) providing the first branch between the electric storage device and the first inductor, and providing the second branch between the electric storage device and the second inductor, c) providing the first and second switching devices, and d) with respect to the electric storage device, the second current direction of current flow through the second branch being opposite the first current direction of current flow through the first branch constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the first or the second inductor
  • the circuit according to the fourteenth aspect enables the first and second inductors to be used in a variety of manners, in particular substantially independently from one another, or in cooperation. Nevertheless, in principle it is possible to operate the circuit according to the fourteenth aspect with only one electric storage device, such as a capacitor, although it is equally possible to provide a capacitor arrangement comprising several capacitors as the electric storage device. In any event, it is not necessary to provide a separate electric storage device for each inductor.
  • the first inductor may for example be accommodated in a first casing which can be moved by an operator and placed upon a body part of a person or animal.
  • the first and second inductors are not connected in series. That means, in particular, that electrical current through the first inductor does not flow through the second inductor, and vice versa.
  • the first and second branches can therefore be regarded as substantially independent from one another, except that both are connected to the electric storage device.
  • the first switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the first current direction; and the second switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the second current direction.
  • Suitable switching devices include, without limitation, thyristors, gate turn-off thyristors (GTO-thyristors), IGBTs and FETs.
  • the second inductor is configured such that the second magnetic field is also for application to body tissue.
  • the second inductor may be accommodated in a second casing which can be moved by an operator and placed upon a body part of a person or animal.
  • the second magnetic field to be generated by the second inductor is not necessarily intended to be for application to body tissue.
  • any body tissue subjected to the magnetic field generated by the first inductor will also be subjected to the second magnetic field generated by the second inductor.
  • the effects of this can be kept small, for example by placing the second inductor at a suitable distance from the first inductor (and thus from any body tissue to which the first magnetic field generated by the first inductor is to be applied).
  • the second inductor may, for example, be accommodated within a metal housing, in particular a metal housing which also accommodates other parts of the circuit of the fourteenth aspect, such as the electric storage device.
  • the first inductor comprises at least a first set of turns, preferably at least a first set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the first set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the first magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a first casing connected to a first conduit through which extends at least a first cable for supplying electrical power to the first set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said first casing.
  • the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the first and second switching devices and at least a portion of each of the first and second branches of the connecting circuitry.
  • the casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor.
  • An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor).
  • the second inductor comprises at least a second set of turns, preferably at least a second set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the second set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the second magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the second inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the second inductor is disposed within a second casing connected to a second conduit through which extends at least a second cable for supplying electrical power to the second set of turns, and wherein the first inductor is not disposed within said second casing.
  • the second inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the first and second switching devices and at least a portion of each of the first and second branches of the connecting circuitry.
  • the casing which houses the second inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the second inductor.
  • An arrangement in which the second inductor and the casing which houses the second inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the second inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the second inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the second inductor and the casing accommodating the second inductor).
  • first and second inductors could be accommodated in the same housing.
  • the first inductor is wound on a first core and the second inductor is wound on a second core different from the first core.
  • the first inductor and the second inductor are therefore substantially not magnetically coupled, at least not via a core that is common to both inductors.
  • first inductor and the second inductor are moveable independently from each other, in particular while still connected to the rest of the apparatus, and in particular while being energized or in use. Nevertheless, the connection to the rest of the apparatus will of course impose a restriction in terms of the area or radius around the remainder of the apparatus within which the first and second inductors can be moved.
  • a first inductance of the first inductor and/or a second inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable. This enables the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit(s) to be varied in a discrete or substantially continuous manner.
  • the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
  • the charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect.
  • the charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor in the first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field; and switching the second switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the second branch and the second inductor in the second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field.
  • Embodiments described in connection with the fourteenth aspect similarly apply to the fifteenth aspect, and vice versa.
  • the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
  • switching the second switching device comprises switching the second switching device after a delay after an end of the first half pulse.
  • the delay may in particular be variable or selectable, in particular by a user.
  • the two half pulses can therefore be performed substantially independently from one another.
  • the delay may, for example, be set by a user via a user interface, for example a dial or touchscreen of the apparatus.
  • the apparatus may include analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller in order to control the second switching device in accordance with the selected delay.
  • the first half pulse has a first duration, wherein the delay is longer than the first duration.
  • the second half pulse therefore does not take place immediately after the end of, or very shortly after, the first half pulse.
  • the delay may be chosen to be shorter than the first duration.
  • the method comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the first magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
  • the method further comprises varying the first magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
  • the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the first inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
  • the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in the body tissue, wherein preferably the generated voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
  • a variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect or the method of the fifteenth aspect.
  • the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue will be oriented in one direction only. If the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, with a repeated application of pulses, this will result in an accumulation of this effect.
  • the method further comprises bringing the second inductor into proximity with the body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the second inductor, so that the second magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
  • the second inductor may be brought into proximity with the same body portion as the first inductor, or alternatively a different body portion.
  • the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue caused by the second inductor may be oriented in the same direction as the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue caused by the first inductor, or in a different direction, in particular in the opposite direction. If the voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue respectively caused by the first and second inductors is oriented in the opposite direction, this is expected to reduce the net charge displacement (when considering the effects of the first and second inductors together). If oriented in the same direction, this is expected to increase the net charge displacement (when considering the effects of the first and second inductors together).
  • a body part such as a finger, hand, arm etc. can be placed between the two inductors, and depending on the orientation of the inductors to one another, the voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue respectively caused by the first and second inductors may be oriented in the same direction or the opposite direction or in directions which are neither the same nor opposite.
  • an apparatus for use with a first inductor and a second inductor, the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second terminal for connection to the second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second terminals, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch leading to the first terminal and a second branch leading to the second terminal; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said first terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said first terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device,
  • the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect.
  • the first and second inductors mentioned in connection with the sixteenth aspect do not form part of the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect.
  • the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect has first and second terminals (such as electric sockets or similar) for connection to the first and second inductors, respectively.
  • first and second terminals such as electric sockets or similar
  • a number of (different) inductors for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect and used as the first and second inductors.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, wherein the
  • the apparatus according to the seventeenth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 .
  • the provision of the charging circuit and constructing the charging circuit in such a way that it can charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity and the second polarity opposite the first polarity constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
  • the first voltage source and a switching arrangement can be provided as separate units.
  • option b) is intended to be understood to also encompass an implementation in which a voltage source with reversible polarity is used as the first voltage source, in particular a voltage source with integrated switching arrangement, for example a voltage source with (integrated) H-bridge.
  • the apparatus is arranged to be operated in a pulsed manner resulting in at least one current pulse in the inductor having a first half pulse and a second half pulse, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity before, or at the beginning of, the first half pulse, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse.
  • the inventor Whilst the energy stored in the magnetic field is transferred back to the at least one capacitor during the second half of the first half pulse (i.e. the second quarter pulse), thereby charging the capacitor with the second polarity, the inventor has appreciated that some energy losses tend to occur in the apparatus so that energy stored in the at least one capacitor just before the start of the first half pulse is not completely transferred into the magnetic field during the first quarter pulse and that the energy stored the magnetic field is not completely transferred back into the at least one capacitor during the second quarter pulse. In other words, without any recharging of the capacitor by the charging circuit before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse, the energy stored in the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the second half pulse would be less than the energy stored in the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the first half pulse. The present embodiment enables this loss of energy to be compensated, at least in part, or even completely.
  • the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage
  • the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage, wherein the absolute values of the first and second voltages differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1%.
  • the voltage at the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the second half pulse can be substantially the same as at the beginning of the first half pulse - except that the polarity will be opposite.
  • a first magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the first half pulse resulting in a first displacement of charges in the body tissue
  • a second magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the second half pulse resulting in a second displacement of charges in the body tissue, the first displacement of charges and the second displacement of charges being oriented in substantially opposite directions
  • the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage
  • the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage
  • the absolute values of the first and second voltages are such that the absolute values of the first displacement of charges and of the second displacement of charges differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1 %, in particular wherein a net charge displacement
  • Ensuring that the net charge displacement in the body tissue is kept low, in particular (substantially) zero, may have beneficial effects on the body tissue (or the person or animal subjected to the treatment) when compared with a treatment as a result of which the net charge displacement in the body tissue is not kept low.
  • Ensuring that the net charge displacement in the body tissue is kept low, in particular (substantially) zero is sometimes, but not necessarily, equivalent to charging the at least one capacitor to the same voltage at the beginning of the first half pulse and at the beginning of the second half pulse.
  • a number of parameters influence the duration, magnitude and/or shape of the first and second half pulses.
  • Such parameters include electrical properties of the first and second branch. The present invention enables such parameters to be taken into account when charging the at least one capacitor before, or at the beginning of, the first and second half pulses, in particular in order to keep the net charge displacement in the body tissue low, in particular (substantially) zero.
  • the displacement of charges in the body tissue would usually not take the form of a (substantially) linear displacement but would typically be (substantially) in the form of a ring (or would typically take place within an approximately ringlike, in particular doughnut-shaped, volume), and would in particular follow approximately circular paths.
  • the meaning of the expression "the first displacement of charges and the second displacement of charges being oriented in substantially opposite directions" is therefore intended to encompass a case where the direction of such a ring-like or doughnut-shaped current would reverse when comparing the first half pulse with the second half pulse.
  • the apparatus further comprises at least one controller or analog circuitry arranged to control the charging of the at least one capacitor selectively with the first and second polarities.
  • the at least one controller may in particular comprise a microcontroller.
  • the at least one controller may not only control the charging of the at least one capacitor, but may also control the first switching device, in particular to cause the first switching device to change from a non-conductive state to a conductive state and/or vice versa.
  • the at least one controller may also control the charging of the at least one capacitor or the controlling of the first switching device, in particular to ensure that the charging of the at least one capacitor takes place at suitable times in dependence upon the timing of the change of the first switching device from the non- conductive state to the conductive state and/or vice versa.
  • the electric component or assembly of electric components comprises a second switching device for electrically connecting the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in a selective manner, in particular under the control of the at least one controller or the analog circuitry, or wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is arranged to conduct electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein the forward direction corresponds to the second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor.
  • the second switching device may comprise components which have been described in connection with the first switching device, whereby, in a particular embodiment, the first and second switching devices do not need to be of the same type.
  • various components can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of the assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch. This includes diodes, in particular those with a p-n junction or a metal-semiconductor junction (Schottky contact).
  • rectifiers such as electrolytic rectifiers, mercury-arc rectifiers, plate rectifiers (metal rectifiers, in particular selenium rectifiers) and vacuum tube rectifiers (vacuum tube diodes).
  • rectifiers such as electrolytic rectifiers, mercury-arc rectifiers, plate rectifiers (metal rectifiers, in particular selenium rectifiers) and vacuum tube rectifiers (vacuum tube diodes).
  • These components can be regarded as passive rectifiers, i.e. rectifiers which do not require any additional circuitry to influence the behavior of the rectifier.
  • analog circuitry can be used instead of, or in addition to, a controller in order to control the first switching device (and/or, if provided, the second switching device) and/or the charging of the at least one capacitor.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising, in particular in the stated order: providing an apparatus according to the seventeenth aspect; charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
  • Embodiments described in connection with the seventeenth aspect similarly apply to the eighteenth aspect, and vice versa.
  • the method further comprises operating the apparatus in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
  • enabling the electrical current to flow between the at least one capacitor and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components comprises enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch after a delay after an end of the first half pulse.
  • the delay may in particular be variable or selectable, in particular by a user or manufacturer.
  • the two half pulses can therefore be performed substantially independently from one another.
  • the delay may, for example, be set by a user via a user interface, for example a dial or touchscreen of the apparatus.
  • the apparatus may include analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller in order to control the second switching device in accordance with the selected delay. Introducing a delay between the end of the first half pulse and the beginning of the second half pulse may enable the charging circuit to charge the at least one capacitor during this delay.
  • the method further comprises controlling one or more, in particular all, of: charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor; charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch using at least one controller or analog circuitry.
  • the method when at least c) applies, further comprises charging the supplementary capacitor before an end of the first half pulse, in particular one or both of before the first half pulse and during the first half pulse; and causing the supplementary capacitor to charge the at least one capacitor after the first half pulse.
  • a supplementary capacitor to charge the at least one capacitor may have a particular advantage: it may be desirable to keep the delay between the end of the first half pulse and the beginning of the second half pulse as short as possible whilst also keeping the net charge displacement in the body tissue low - for which purpose it is envisaged, according to certain embodiments of the present disclosure, to charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse, in particular to compensate for energy losses in the circuit. If the at least one capacitor is charged with the second polarity directly from a voltage source, this voltage source may need to have a relatively high output power so as to minimize the time that it takes to charge the at least one capacitor.
  • a supplementary capacitor may be able to charge the at least one capacitor very quickly. Accordingly, the supplementary capacitor can be charged over a relatively long time period before and/or during the first half pulse, and the at least one capacitor can then be charged during a relatively short time period between the first half pulse and the second half pulse.
  • charging the supplementary capacitor comprises charging the supplementary capacitor with a second voltage source, in particular wherein the second voltage source has a smaller output power than the first voltage source.
  • the supplementary capacitor can be charged over a relatively long time period, the second voltage source does not need to have a particularly high output power. Nevertheless, as explained above, the charging of the at least one capacitor with the supplementary capacitor can take place during a relatively short time period.
  • the first voltage source in combination with a switching arrangement - such as the one described above as option b) - can be used to charge the supplementary capacitor.
  • a second voltage source is not required.
  • an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal; and an electric component
  • the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the seventeenth aspect.
  • the inductor mentioned in connection with the nineteenth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect.
  • the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect and used as the inductor of the nineteenth aspect.
  • an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein a first terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the third connection point and a second terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the fourth connection
  • embodiments of the twentieth aspect cannot be regarded as comprising (a circuit portion similar to) a resonant circuit, it is nevertheless possible, using the first to fourth switching devices of the twentieth aspect, to generate current pulses, and in particular current pulses having opposite polarities, in order to cause the inductor to generate a varying magnetic field, in particular a pulsed magnetic field.
  • the twentieth aspect defines first to third points in time, it is optionally possible to change the second and third switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state so that, from a fourth point in time after the third point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state. Assuming the first and fourth switching devices are also (still) in the substantially non-conductive state, the apparatus effectively returns to the initial state, i.e. the state before the first point in time.
  • the apparatus further comprises at least one controller, in particular a microcontroller, for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state.
  • at least one controller in particular a microcontroller, for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state.
  • Embodiments are possible in which one controller controls more than one of the switching devices, in particular all switching devices. Alternatively, more than one controller can be provided, each controller controlling a subset of the first switching devices, in particular on a one- to-one basis.
  • the at least one controller comprises an interface, such as a dial or touchscreen, via which a user or manufacturer can specify or select any one or more of the first to third (and, where applicable, the fourth) points in time.
  • an interface such as a dial or touchscreen
  • the apparatus further comprises analog circuitry for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non- conductive state and the conductive state.
  • the control can be such that any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices is switched between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state at predetermined or selected points in time.
  • parameters prevailing at a particular point within the circuit such as the current through the inductor
  • between particular points within the circuit such as the voltage between two points within the circuit
  • the (micro)controller or analog circuitry may receive suitable inputs from certain portions of the circuit - effectively a current or voltage measurement, or a measurement of another parameter.
  • the circuit may, for example, comprise a feedback loop in order to provide inputs from certain portions of the circuit to the controller or analog circuitry so that these inputs can influence the behavior of the controller or analog circuitry - or so that the controller or analog circuitry can adapt its behavior on the basis of such inputs/measurements. This may similarly apply to the control of any other switching device disclosed in the present specification.
  • the apparatus further comprises at least one further electrical circuit element, wherein the at least one further electrical circuit element is configured to change, or to be changed, from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state (or, more generally, change its conductivity), in particular when a voltage between certain points in the apparatus exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value, in particular when a voltage at any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or at the inductor exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value.
  • the at least one further electrical circuit element can help to prevent damage or destruction of other elements of the circuit, such as the first to fourth switching elements.
  • the following regime for the (absolute values of the) voltages involved is preferably adhered to:
  • the circuit design is such that, in normal use, the circuit element to be protected may be subjected to voltages up to U1.
  • the further electrical circuit element is rated to, i.e. is configured to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state, at a voltage U2.
  • the circuit element to be protected suffers (significant) damage, or is destroyed, at or above a voltage U3, wherein: U1 ⁇ U2 ⁇ U3.
  • Adhering to this regime may ensure that the further electrical circuit element does not already become conductive at voltages encountered in normal operation of the circuit. At the same time, it may ensure that the circuit element to be protected is not damaged or destroyed.
  • the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises one or more passive electrical circuit elements, in particular one or more of:
  • TRIAC triode for alternating current
  • the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises a passive electrical circuit element, it will simply "react” to conditions prevailing within the circuit, for example the voltage applied to terminals of the passive electrical circuit element. If the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises a circuit element which is not normally regarded as a passive electrical circuit element (such as a TRIAC or thyristor), it needs to be actively switched. This switching can again be triggered by conditions prevailing within the circuit, for example a voltage between two particular points within the circuit.
  • a passive electrical circuit element such as a TRIAC or thyristor
  • the at least one further electrical circuit element is connected in parallel to one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or the inductor.
  • the further electrical circuit element will be subjected to substantially the same voltage (assuming there is no significant voltage drop at other circuit elements). The further electrical circuit element then becomes conductive, which may significantly reduce the voltage to which the switching device is subjected.
  • the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors, in particular wherein the one or more further inductors are connected in parallel to said inductor or in series with said inductor.
  • the one or more further inductors may or may not be intended to generate a magnetic field for application to body tissue. Further, the one or more further inductors may or may not be accommodated within a casing or similar in which the firstmentioned inductor is accommodated. In particular, the one or more further inductors may or may not be movable independently from the firstmentioned inductor.
  • the at least one DC source comprises at least one of:
  • DC sources can be used in combination, either of the same type or of different types. Further, if more than one DC source is used, these can be connected in parallel or in series, depending on the intended application. Ideally, the DC source has a low internal resistance. Further, ideally, the DC source can support a relatively high current.
  • a method of generating a magnetic field comprising: providing an apparatus according to the twentieth aspect; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a first point in time while the second and third switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at a second point in time after the first point in time; changing the second and third switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time at or after the second point in time while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state.
  • the method further comprises changing the second and third switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time after the third point in time.
  • an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and a first terminal and a second terminal for connection to an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein the first terminal is electrically connected to the third connection point and the second
  • the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect is similar to the apparatus of the twentieth aspect.
  • the inductor mentioned in connection with the twentieth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect.
  • the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect has a first and a second terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect and used as the inductor.
  • the (first) inductor and/or an applicator in which the (first) inductor is accommodated may, for example, be of a generally flat construction so that the (first) inductor and/or applicator may be applied to a body portion substantially from one side.
  • Other shapes or construction types are also possible, for example that of a hollow cylinder or similar, so that the windings of the (first) inductor may surround the body portion, i.e. the (first) inductor or applicator may be applied over the body portion, or the body portion (e.g. arm, leg, torso) may be introduced into, or pass through, the inductor or applicator.
  • any, some or all of the inductors discussed in the present application, in particular of the (first) inductor is not limited to any particular design.
  • any, some or all of the inductors, in particular the (first) inductor may, for example, be constructed in such a way that each (360°) turn or winding of the respective inductor comprises, or consists of, one solid (and substantially rigid) piece of conductive material (e.g. copper), rather than several strands running in parallel.
  • each (360°) turn or winding of the respective inductor may comprise, or consist of, a small number (such as no more than 2, or no more than 3, or no more than 4, or no more than 5) of solid (and substantially rigid) pieces of conductive material (e.g. copper), insulated from one another.
  • any, some or all of the inductors, in particular the first inductor may, for example, be constructed from litz-wire, wherein each wire is insulated separately, and may in particular comprise a litz-wire coil. This may reduce eddy currents in the inductor.
  • an additional inductor in the first or second branch which is in addition to the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, or a circuit in which the total inductance of the first branch differs (significantly) from the total inductance of the second branch, in accordance with the first and/or second aspects
  • an additional inductor that has a variable inductance or which is provided with bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the additional inductor, in series with the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, in accordance with the fifth aspect
  • embodiments disclosed herein may be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
  • non-therapeutic purposes include, without limitation, influencing/altering the appearance of a human or animal body, in particular for cosmetic purposes; testing the apparatus on a human or animal body; testing the apparatus without a human or animal body being present.
  • Fig. 1 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a device for generating an alternating magnetic field known to the inventor (and not admitted as prior art).
  • Fig. 2 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 3 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 4 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 5 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 6 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 7 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 8 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 9 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 10 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 11 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 12 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 13 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 14 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 15 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 16 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 17 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 18 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 20 shows a diagram in which the current through the (first) inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 21 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 22 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 23 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 24 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 25 shows a diagram in which the current through the (first) inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 26 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 27 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 28 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 29 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 30 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor and the second inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 31 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 32 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 33 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 34 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 35 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a charging circuit of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 36 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 37 shows a diagram in which the current through the inductor and the voltage at the capacitor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 38 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 39 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 40 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 41 shows a diagram in which the current through the inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 42 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 2 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 is similar to that shown in Fig. 1.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 1 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 and will not be repeated here.
  • Elements shown in Fig. 2 corresponding to elements shown in Fig. 1 carry the same reference signs reduced by 100.
  • the source of electrical energy 7 e.g. a voltage source 7
  • the source of electrical energy 7 may be mains powered, it can alternatively be non-mains powered and may, for example, comprise a battery or a battery arrangement comprising one or more batteries.
  • Switching device 3 is shown as a thyristor, but other switching devices can be used, as has been explained above.
  • Electric component 4 in the second branch 6 is shown as a diode, but other electric components or an assembly of electric components, in particular electronic components or an assembly of electronic components, can be used, as has been explained above.
  • the description of the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 will proceed using the same terminology as has been used in connection with Fig. 1.
  • a charging circuit comprising a source of electrical energy 7 and a switching device 8 is shown for better understanding, although the disclosure includes embodiments without such a charging circuit (but which can be used together with such a charging circuit, in particular which can be electrically connected to such a charging circuit).
  • the second branch 6 shown in Fig. 2 includes a second inductor 9 connected in series with diode 4. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 through the second branch 6 will also flow through the second inductor 9. Considering the current flow through the first inductor 2 and the second branch 6 and the capacitor 1 , the second inductor 9 is effectively connected in series with the first inductor 2. No such additional inductor forms part of the first branch 5, and therefore the inductance of the second branch 6 is higher than the inductance of the first branch 5, in particular significantly higher.
  • the frequency of the resonant circuit including the second branch 6 is (significantly) lower than the frequency of the resonant circuit including the first branch 5.
  • Fig. 3 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 3 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 2 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 3.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 3 additionally shows circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor 9. This bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the second inductor 9 and includes a further switching device 10 to enable the bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the second inductor 9.
  • any electrical current flowing through the second branch 6 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the second inductor 9. In this way, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be changed between a maximum value (further switching device 10 open) and a minimum value (further switching device 10 closed).
  • the inductance of the second branch 6 may be similar to the inductance of the first branch 5.
  • Fig. 4 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 4 is similar to that shown in Fig. 3, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 3 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 4.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 4 additionally shows a further inductor 11 forming part of the second branch 6 and connected in series with the second inductor 9 (and the diode 4).
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 4 additionally includes further circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the further inductor 11.
  • This further bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the further inductor 11 and includes a further switching device 12 to enable the further bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the further inductor 11 .
  • a further switching device 12 When the further switching device 12 is closed (or conductive), any electrical current flowing through the second branch 6 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the further bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the further inductor 11. In this way, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be varied.
  • the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be changed between a maximum value (both further switching devices 10 and 12 open or non-conductive) and a minimum value (both further switching devices 10 and 12 closed or conductive).
  • the inductance of the second branch 6 may be similar to the inductance of the first branch 5.
  • only one of the further switching devices 10 and 12 is closed and the other is open, only one of the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 will be bypassed, and accordingly the total inductance of the second branch 6 will be at an intermediate value between the minimum value and the maximum value.
  • the bypass circuitry associated with either the second inductor 9 or the further inductor 11 can be omitted.
  • the respective inductor will therefore be permanently connected in series with the diode 4, whereas the other of the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 (the bypass circuitry of which is not omitted) can selectively be bypassed using its associated bypass circuitry.
  • yet further inductors can be added to the second branch 6 in series with the diode 4, the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 .
  • Each of these yet further inductors may or may not have their associated bypass circuitry similar to the bypass circuitry associated with the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11.
  • any one or more of the second inductor 9, the further inductor 11 and the yet further inductors may comprise inductors with a variable inductance. Details of inductors with a variable inductance have already been explained above.
  • each of the further inductors is provided with associated bypass circuitry.
  • the second inductor 9 of variable inductance may or may not be provided with associated bypass circuitry.
  • the inductances of the second inductor (L2) and of the further inductors (L3, L4, L5, L6 etc.) are chosen according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc.
  • the lowest value of total inductance of the second branch 6 can be achieved if the third inductor (of inductance L3) and any further inductors (of inductance L4, L5, L6 etc.) are bypassed and the variable inductance (L2) of the second inductor 9 is adjusted to a minimum value L2min.
  • the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 9 can be adjusted from L2min to L2max.
  • the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted from L3 + L2min to L3 + L2max by adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 9 over its adjustable range. If (only) the fourth inductor is not bypassed (and the third, fifth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted from L4 + L2min to L4 + L2max. The next adjustable range of the total inductance can be achieved by not bypassing the third and fourth inductor and bypassing the fifth and any further inductors, and so on.
  • the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted (in discrete steps or substantially continuously) from substantially 0 to a maximum total inductance corresponding to the sum of all inductances of the inductors forming part of the second branch 6, i.e. L2max + L3 + L4 + L5 etc.
  • the second and/or any further inductors are included in the first branch 5, rather than the second branch 6.
  • Fig. 5 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 3. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 3 is not shown in Fig. 5. Instead, Fig. 5 shows the capacitor 1 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor 1. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 3, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16.
  • Cabinet 16 is provided with two further terminals, 17 and 18.
  • Terminal 17 is connected to the first branch 5 and second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential.
  • terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
  • Fig. 5 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents.
  • the first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14.
  • Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line.
  • the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16.
  • the first inductor 2 could be connected to a ground potential via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16.
  • the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
  • any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit.
  • the three connections to ground could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Fig. 2 lower side of) capacitor 1 , first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected.
  • the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor 1.
  • the polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed.
  • the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present disclosure are not “ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which inductors having inductances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic inductances into account, for example.
  • Fig. 6 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • any one of the apparatuses described above is provided (91). Electrical energy is then (92) stored in the electric storage device, in particular the capacitor 1. Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (93) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2.
  • This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave.
  • the method may end (95). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated.
  • the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (93) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (92) in the electric storage device 1.
  • the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • Fig. 7 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 7 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 2, except that the second inductor 9 would be located in the first branch 5 (in series with the switching device 3), rather than the second branch 6.
  • the first half pulse shown in Fig. 7 exhibits a slower rise and fall of the current through the first inductor 2 than the second half pulse.
  • total inductance inductance of first inductor 2 + inductance of second inductor 9
  • total inductance inductance of first inductor 2
  • Fig. 8 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 8 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 8 and will not be repeated here.
  • elements shown in Fig. 8 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2.
  • elements shown in Fig. 8 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 300.
  • the second branch 6 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5.
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 8 includes a second inductor 309 connected in series with the first inductor 2. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 will also flow through the second inductor 309, regardless of whether the current flows through the first branch 5 or the second branch 6.
  • the second inductor 309 is not only connected in series with the first inductor 2 but also with each of the switching device 3 and the diode 4 (or, more precisely, in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4).
  • the second inductor 309 forms part of both the first branch 5 and the second branch 6.
  • the total inductance of the (resonant) circuit between (and including) the capacitor 1 and the first inductor 2 corresponds to the sum of the inductances of the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 309 (as well as any other inductance, including parasitic inductances, that may be present in the circuit and which are not shown in Fig. 8). Accordingly, the frequency of this (resonant) circuit is different from the frequency of the (resonant) circuit shown in Fig. 1 , i.e. if the second inductor 309 was not present.
  • the frequency of the (resonant) circuit shown in Fig. 8 can therefore be influenced by selecting different values of inductance for the second inductor 309.
  • Fig. 9 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 9 is similar to that shown in Fig. 8, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 8 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 9.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 9 additionally shows circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor 309. This bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the second inductor 309 and includes a further switching device 310 to enable the bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the second inductor 309.
  • any electrical current flowing through the first inductor 2 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the second inductor 309.
  • the total inductance of the (resonant) circuit between (and including) the capacitor 1 and the first inductor 2 can be changed between a maximum value (further switching device 310 open) and a minimum value (further switching device 310 closed).
  • the inductance of the (resonant) circuit may be similar to that of the corresponding circuit portion of Fig. 1 (i.e. as if the second inductor 309 was not present.
  • Fig. 10 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 10 is similar to that shown in Fig. 9, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 9 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 10.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 10 additionally shows a further inductor 311 connected in series with the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 309. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 will also flow through the further inductor 311 , regardless of whether the current flows through the first branch 5 or the second branch 6.
  • the further inductor 311 is not only connected in series with the first and second inductors 2, 309 but also with each of the switching device 3 and the diode 4 (or, more precisely, in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4).
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 10 additionally includes further circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the further inductor 311.
  • This further bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the further inductor 311 and includes a further switching device 312 to enable the further bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the further inductor 311.
  • any electrical current flowing through the first inductor 2 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the further bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the further inductor 311. In this way, the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be varied.
  • the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be changed between a maximum value (both further switching devices 310 and 312 open or non-conductive) and a minimum value (both further switching devices 310 and 312 closed or conductive).
  • the total inductance of the resonant circuit may be similar to that of the corresponding circuit portion of Fig. 1 (i.e. as if the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311 was not present.
  • the bypass circuitry associated with either the second inductor 309 or the further inductor 311 can be omitted.
  • the respective inductor will therefore be permanently connected in series with the first inductor 2, whereas the other of the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311 (the bypass circuitry of which is not omitted) can selectively be bypassed using its associated bypass circuitry.
  • yet further inductors can be added in series with the first and second inductors 2, 309 and the further inductor 311 (and in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4).
  • Each of these yet further inductors may or may not have their associated bypass circuitry similar to the bypass circuitry associated with the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311.
  • any one or more of the second inductor 309, the further inductor 311 and the yet further inductors may comprise inductors with a variable inductance. Details of inductors with a variable inductance have already been explained above.
  • each of the (yet) further inductors is provided with associated bypass circuitry.
  • the second inductor 309 of variable inductance may or may not be provided with associated bypass circuitry. If the inductances of the second inductor (L2) and of the further inductors (L3, L4, L5, L6 etc.) are chosen according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc., the lowest value of total inductance of the resonant circuit can be achieved if the third inductor (of inductance L3) and any further inductors (of inductance L4, L5, L6 etc.) are bypassed and the variable inductance (L2) of the second inductor 309 is adjusted to a minimum value L2min.
  • the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L2min to L1 + L2max (with L1 being the inductance of the first inductor 2). If (only) the third inductor is not bypassed (and the fourth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L3 + L2min to L1 + L3 + L2max by adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 309 over its adjustable range.
  • the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L4 + L2min to L1 + L4 + L2max.
  • the next adjustable range of the total inductance can be achieved by not bypassing the third and fourth inductor and bypassing the fifth and any further inductors, and so on.
  • further inductors may additionally be included in the first branch 5 or the second branch 6, as explained with reference to Figs. 2 to 4 or their variants.
  • Fig. 11 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 9. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 9 is not shown in Fig. 11. Instead, Fig. 11 shows the capacitor 1 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor 1. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 9, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16.
  • Terminal 17 is connected to the second inductor 309 (and its associated bypass circuitry) and, therethrough, also to first branch 5 and second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential.
  • terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
  • Fig. 11 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents.
  • the first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14.
  • Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line.
  • the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16.
  • the first inductor 2 could be connected to a ground potential via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16. In this case, the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
  • any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit.
  • the three connections to ground could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Fig. 8 lower side of) capacitor 1 , first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected.
  • the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor 1.
  • the polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed.
  • the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present invention are not “ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which inductors having inductances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic inductances into account, for example.
  • the position (in the electrical sense) of the second inductor 309 (along with any associated bypass circuitry 310) and of the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6 can be reversed so that the second inductor 309 is connected between capacitor 1 and the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6.
  • This may also apply to any further inductors.
  • the capacitor 1 , the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6, the first inductor 2, the second inductor 309 and any further inductors (such as inductor 311) are connected in series.
  • Fig. 12 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • any one of the apparatuses described above with reference to Figs. 8 to 11 or their variants is provided (391). Electrical energy is then (392) stored in the electric storage device, in particular the capacitor 1 . Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (393) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2.
  • This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave.
  • electrical current is then enabled (394) to flow between the electric storage device 1 and the first inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via the electric component or assembly of electric components 4 (as well as via the second and any further inductors 309, 311 , if not bypassed).
  • This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave.
  • the method may end (395).
  • the method or part thereof may be repeated.
  • the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (393) into the conductive or "ON" state etc.
  • Electrical energy may also again be stored (392) in the electric storage device 1 .
  • the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • Fig. 13 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 13 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 9, whereby the further switching device 310 is initially open, i.e. during the first half pulse (so that current flowing through the first inductor 2 will also flow through the second inductor 309). At the end of the first half pulse, the further switching device 310 is closed so as to short-circuit or bypass the second inductor 309.
  • the first half pulse shown in Fig. 13 exhibits a slower rise and fall of the current through the first inductor 2 than the second half pulse.
  • total inductance inductance of first inductor 2 + inductance of second inductor 309
  • total inductance inductance of first inductor 2
  • Fig. 14 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 14 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 14 and will not be repeated here.
  • elements shown in Fig. 14 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2.
  • elements shown in Fig. 14 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 400.
  • the second branch 6 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5.
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 14 includes a capacitor 401 of variable capacitance - at the same position within the circuit where Fig. 2 has a capacitor 1 (which capacitor 1 , in Fig. 2, is not specified as having a variable capacitance).
  • Capacitor 401 can in principle be any type of capacitor with a variable capacitance (or in short: a variable capacitor).
  • the symbol used in Fig. 14 for capacitor 401 may typically be used for one particular type of variable capacitor only, but it is to be understood that this symbol is intended to represent any type of variable capacitor, including mechanically controlled variable capacitors and electrically controlled variable capacitors.
  • capacitor 401 is a single capacitor, it can nevertheless be regarded as a capacitor arrangement 420. Further examples of capacitor arrangements comprising several capacitors will be explained with reference to Figs. 15 to 18.
  • capacitor 401 of Fig. 14 When the capacitance of capacitor 401 of Fig. 14 is varied, this varies the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which capacitor 401 forms a part, i.e. the resonant circuit comprising capacitor 401 , (first) inductor 2 and connecting circuitry (branches 5 and/or 6) connecting these. Accordingly, if the circuit of Fig. 14 is operated in a pulsed manner, the pulse duration is varied as well.
  • Fig. 15 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 15 is similar to that shown in Fig. 14, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 14 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 15.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 15 additionally shows a further capacitor 421 connected in parallel to capacitor 401.
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 15 comprises the capacitors 401 and 421.
  • the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 15 corresponds (or is similar) to the sum of the (individual) capacitances of capacitors 401 and 421.
  • Capacitor 421 is shown as a variable capacitor, and the comments above regarding the symbol used for capacitor 401 also apply to capacitor 421. However, the further capacitor 421 does not necessarily need to have a variable capacitance - it could also have a fixed capacitance.
  • Varying the capacitance of capacitor 401 and/or capacitor 421 will vary the total capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 and hence the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor arrangement 420 forms a part.
  • further capacitors in particular capacitors of variable capacitance, can additionally be provided and connected in parallel to capacitor 401.
  • Fig. 16 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 16 is similar to that shown in Fig. 15, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 15 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 16.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 16 additionally shows a further switch or switching device 422 connected in series with the further capacitor 421.
  • the further switching device 422 selectively establishes or interrupts an electrical connection between further capacitor 421 and capacitor 401. When the further switching device 422 is closed (or conductive), the further capacitor 421 is connected in parallel to capacitor 401 and the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig.
  • the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor arrangement 420 forms a part can be varied.
  • the further capacitor 421 may have a fixed capacitance (as shown) or may alternatively have a variable capacitance. Further, in a variant, the position of the further capacitor and the further switching device 422 within the circuit is swapped so that the further switching device 422 is placed between the further capacitor 421 and ground. Electrically, this makes no significant difference and therefore this variant will be considered to be equivalent to the embodiment shown in Fig. 16.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied over a range from the minimum capacitance of capacitor 401 up to the sum of the (maximum) capacitances of capacitors 401 and 421.
  • capacitor 401 can be adjusted between 0 pF and 100 pF and capacitor 421 has a (fixed) capacitance of 100 pF
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied between 0 pF and 100 pF when switching device 422 is open (or non-conductive) and between 100 pF and 200 pF when switching device 422 is closed (or conductive).
  • capacitor 401 is continuously variable between 0 pF and 100 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 of this example can be varied continuously between 0 pF and 200 pF.
  • capacitor 401 can be adjusted between 0 pF and 100 pF and capacitor 421 has a (fixed) capacitance of 300 pF
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied between 0 pF and 100 pF when switching device 422 is open (or non-conductive) and between 300 pF and 400 pF when switching device 422 is closed (or conductive).
  • Fig. 17 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment shown in Fig. 17 is similar to that shown in Fig. 16, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 16 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 17.
  • Like components carry like reference signs.
  • Fig. 17 additionally shows a (yet) further capacitor 423 connected in parallel to capacitor 401 (and in parallel to further capacitor 421).
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 comprises the capacitors 401 , 421 and 423.
  • Fig. 17 also shows a (yet) further switch or switching device 424 connected in series with the further capacitor 423.
  • the further switching device 424 selectively establishes or interrupts an electrical connection between further capacitor 423 and capacitor 401 (and further capacitor 421).
  • the further switching devices 422 and 424 are closed (or conductive)
  • the further capacitors 421 and 423 are connected in parallel to capacitor 401 and the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 corresponds (or is similar) to the sum of the (individual) capacitances of capacitors 401 , 421 and 423.
  • the further switching devices 422 and 424 are open (or non-conductive
  • the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 corresponds (or is similar) to the (individual) capacitance of capacitor 401 - as if the further capacitors 421 and 423 were not present.
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 may be expanded by adding yet further capacitors and connecting these in parallel to capacitor 401 .
  • These yet further capacitors may have a variable capacitance or a fixed capacitance.
  • yet further switching devices may be connected in series with yet further capacitors, similar to what is shown in Fig. 17.
  • the capacitor 401 is of variable capacitance - similar to what is shown in Fig. 17, but with yet further capacitors (and their associated yet further switching devices) connected in parallel to capacitor 401.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement and hence the total capacitance of the resonant circuit (and therefore also the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit) can be adjustable over a relatively wide range, in particular in small steps or (substantially) continuously.
  • the lowest value of total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be achieved if all of the further switching devices 422, 424 and yet further switching devices are open or non- conductive and the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 is adjusted to a minimum value C1min.
  • the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be adjusted from C1min to C1max. If (only) the further switching device 422 is closed or conductive (and all other (yet) further switching devices 424 etc. are open or non-conductive), the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be adjusted from C2 + C1min to C2 + C1max by adjusting the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 over its adjustable range.
  • further inductors may additionally be included in the first branch 5 or the second branch 6, as explained with reference to Figs. 2 to 4 or their variants, and/or in series with the first inductor 2, as explained with reference to Figs. 8 to 10 or their variants.
  • Fig. 18 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 17. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 17 is not shown in Fig. 18. Instead, Fig. 18 shows the capacitor arrangement 420 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor arrangement 420. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 17, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16. Cabinet 16 is provided with two further terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is connected to the first branch 5 and the second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 18, terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor arrangement 420 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
  • Fig. 18 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents.
  • the first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14.
  • Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line.
  • the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16.
  • the first inductor 2 could be connected to ground via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16.
  • the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
  • any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit.
  • the three connections to ground could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Figs. 14 to 17 lower side of the) capacitors of the capacitor arrangement 420, first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected.
  • the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor arrangement 420.
  • the polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed.
  • the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present invention are not "ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which capacitors having capacitances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic capacitances into account, for example.
  • Fig. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • any one of the apparatuses described above with reference to Figs. 14 to 18 or their variants is provided (491). Electrical energy is then (492) stored in the capacitor arrangement 420, in particular the capacitor 401. Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (493) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement 420 to the first inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the first inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the capacitor arrangement 420, thereby causing the first inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field.
  • This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave.
  • electrical current is then enabled (494) to flow between the capacitor arrangement 420 and the first inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via the electric component or assembly of electric components 4.
  • This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave.
  • the method may end (495).
  • the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (493) into the conductive or "ON" state etc.
  • Electrical energy may also again be stored (492) in the capacitor arrangement 420.
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • the capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied, as explained above, either during the first or second half pulse or between the first and second half pulse or between a first (full) pulse and the next pulse.
  • Fig. 20 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 20 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 14, whereby the capacitance of the capacitor 401 is initially at a first capacitance value, i.e. during the first half pulse 430.
  • the first half pulse 430 has a corresponding first duration.
  • the capacitance of the capacitor 401 is changed to a second capacitance value, which is lower than the first capacitance value.
  • the second half pulse 431 has a second duration, which is shorter than the first duration (of the first half pulse 430).
  • Fig. 21 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 21 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2 and other figures.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 (and other figures) therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 21 and will not be repeated here.
  • elements shown in Fig. 21 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2 and other figures, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2 (and in other figures).
  • elements shown in Fig. 21 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 500.
  • the second branch 6 of Fig. 21 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5.
  • the second branch 6 of the embodiment of Fig. 2 included an electric component 4 such as a diode
  • the embodiment of Fig. 21 includes a spark gap 542 and a resistor 543 (connected in series with the spark gap 542) in the second branch.
  • the switching device 3 is a type of switching device which can not only be switched on (or transferred from the non-conductive state to the conductive state) but also off (or transferred from the conductive state to the non-conductive state).
  • a (first) controller 540 is provided.
  • Switching device 3 is controlled by controller 540 such that switching device 3 can be switched on and off at desired points in time. In particular, switching device 3 can be switched off at a point in time which does not coincide with the end of a first half pulse (assuming that the circuit shown in Fig. 21 is operated in a pulsed manner).
  • Switching device 3 may, for example, comprise an insulated-gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), a fieldeffect transistor (FET), a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) or a gate turn-off thyristor (GTO-thyristor).
  • the controller 540 may comprise analog circuitry or a microcontroller.
  • Fig. 21 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the operation can be as follows: After the start 590 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 21 (or any variants described herein) is provided (591). Electrical energy is then stored (592) in the capacitor arrangement 420 - in Fig. 21 represented by capacitor 1. Thereafter, at a first point in time, the switching device 3 is switched (593), under the control of controller 540, into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement 420 to the inductor 2.
  • This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave.
  • the current flow may be interrupted at a selected second point in time.
  • the switching device 3 is switched (594), under the control of controller 540, into the non-conductive or "OFF" state so as to electrically disconnect the capacitor arrangement 420 from the inductor 2.
  • the second point in time can, for example, be during the first half pulse.
  • the switching device 3 can again be switched (593) into the conductive or "ON" state etc.
  • Electrical energy may also again be stored (592) in the capacitor arrangement 420.
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • the spark gap 542 may protect switching device 3 from damage or destruction, in particular if spark gap 542 is constructed such that it becomes conductive at a voltage U2, which is lower than a voltage U3 at which switching device 3 would suffer damage or be destroyed. On the other hand, spark gap 542 should not already become conductive at a voltage U1 to which the capacitor arrangement 420 is (to be) charged.
  • spark gap 542 in particular a transient-voltage-suppression diode, a Zener diode, a Shockley diode, a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor, in particular in combination with trigger circuitry connected to, or forming part of, the second branch to trigger the thyristor.
  • TRIAC triode for alternating current
  • Fig. 22 illustrates a variant of the embodiment of Fig. 21.
  • an active electrical circuit element 503 or an arrangement of circuit elements is included in the second branch 6, in particular a switching element 503 controlled by analog circuitry or a microcontroller (or controlled by a second controller 541 comprising analog circuitry or a microcontroller).
  • controller 541 a user can actively control the electrical circuit element 503, rather than the electrical circuit element 503 simply being allowed to become conductive or non-conductive depending on the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch 6.
  • Fig. 23 illustrates a further development of the embodiment of Fig. 22.
  • the apparatus comprises a control unit 544 for controlling the first controller 540 and the second controller 541.
  • the control unit 544 is connected to the first and the second controller 540, 541 (indicated by dashed lines).
  • any, some or all of the points in time at which the switching device 3 and/or the switching element 503 are to be switched from the non- conductive state to the conductive state and vice versa can be controlled via control unit 544.
  • the first and/or second points in time for switching the switching device 3 on and off can be selected via control unit 544.
  • third and/or fourth points in time for switching the switching element 503 on and off can be selected via control unit 544.
  • control unit 544 may have one or more dials 545 and/or any other (user) interface, such as a touchscreen 546.
  • Control unit 544 may further comprise a processor/memory 547.
  • control unit 544 is connected directly to switching device 3 and/or switching element 503 in order to control these, in which case controllers 540 and/or 541 can be omitted.
  • the apparatus may further have one or more detectors for taking measurements at one or more places within the circuit shown in Fig. 23, such as a voltage between the terminals of switching device 3 in the first branch 5 and/or a voltage between the terminals of switching element 503 in the second branch 6. These measurements can be communicated to control unit 544. Depending on the measurements taken, the control unit 544 can set any of the first to fourth points in time, for example in order to protect any elements of the circuit from damage or destruction, such as switching device 3 and/or switching element 503.
  • Fig. 23 shows a further development of the circuit.
  • This further development involves a detector 548.
  • Detector 548 is intended to detect a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in body tissue - represented by a human arm 551 in Fig. 23, although detector 548 can be used in connection with any other body part of a human or animal. Detector
  • control unit 548 is also connected to control unit 544, as indicated by a dashed line. The operation of this further development will be explained with further reference to Fig. 25.
  • Fig. 25 shows several curves, in which current (7) through inductor 2 is plotted over time (/).
  • inductor 2 When inductor 2 is applied to body tissue 551 , the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 causes a current in the body tissue, as has been explained above.
  • This current within the body tissue at least approximately follows the same shape as the current through inductor 2, albeit at a (significantly) reduced level and shifted in phase.
  • the current within the body tissue can therefore be regarded as (approximately) proportional to the current through inductor 2 (but shifted in phase).
  • Fig. 25 shows four additional curves, 550a to 550d. These indicate the current through inductor 2 in cases where switching device 3 is switched into the non-conductive state before the end of the first half pulse, respectively at "second points in time" t1 to t4.
  • the "first point in time” corresponds to the origin of the graph.
  • the switching of switching device 3 into the non-conductive state results in a relatively steep drop in the current. That is, initially the current through inductor 2 - after the first point in time (i.e. the origin), when switching device 3 is switched into the conductive state - follows the sine shape 549. After the "second points in time” t1 to t4, the current respectively continues along curves 550a to 550d.
  • These further curves 550a to 550d therefore represent different scenarios, depending on when the switching device 3 is switched into the non- conductive state.
  • the current reaches a maximum of 11 to 13, respectively.
  • detector 548 is intended to detect a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in body tissue. If the current within the body tissue is sufficiently low, detector 548 will not detect any neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction. In view of the graph shown in Fig. 25, this would correspond to a situation where the time interval between the first point in time (the origin) and the second point in time (e.g. t1) is very short. By increasing the time interval, the current within the body tissue will also increase, and eventually a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, will be detected by detector 548. For example, a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction (but not a muscle reaction) might be detected if the time interval ends at t2, and a muscle reaction will be detected if the time interval ends at t3.
  • the detection result i.e. whether a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, has been detected by detector 548 can be transmitted from detector 548 to control unit 544, in particular to processor/memory 547.
  • Processor/memory 547 can process this information, as well as the information regarding the applicable time interval (or the second point in time) in order to determine the (shortest) time interval at which a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, can be detected.
  • Curve 550d is less useful for determining the (shortest) time interval at which a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, can be detected, since t4 is in the second quarter pulse, i.e. the maximum current (according to the sine function 549) has already been reached before t4.
  • features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 21 to 23 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 to 4, 8 to 10, 14 to 17 or any variants described herein. Further, any of the above embodiments or variants can be adapted in a manner similar to what is shown in, and described in connection with, Figs. 5, 11 and 18 - in particular providing an apparatus according to Figs. 21 to 23, but providing this apparatus with terminals 17, 18 and/or 19, for connection with an inductor 2 and/or an external charging circuit, respectively.
  • the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor arrangement 420.
  • Fig. 26 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 26 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 26 and will not be repeated here.
  • elements shown in Fig. 26 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2.
  • elements shown in Fig. 26 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 600.
  • the first inductor 2 is connected to, or forms part of, the first branch 5, but not the second branch 6.
  • a second inductor 609 is provided, which is connected to, or forms part of, the second branch 6, but not the first branch 5.
  • the two branches 5, 6 are effectively separate, except that both are connected to the electric storage device 1 (again represented by a capacitor 1) and that they are both connected to a common ground potential (small triangles towards the bottom of the figure).
  • the first branch 5 also includes a switching device 3, and the above explanations as to possible types of switching devices also apply to the embodiment of Fig. 26.
  • the second branch 6 also includes a switching device 603, and the above explanations as to possible types of switching devices also apply to switching device 603.
  • the first and second switching devices 3, 603 may be of the same type, or may be of different types.
  • the first switching device 3 and the second switching device 603 are shown as thyristors, by way of example.
  • the polarity of the first switching device 3 is such that it allows current to flow substantially in only one direction, this representing a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1.
  • the polarity of the second switching device 603 is such that it allows current to flow substantially in only one direction, this representing a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1.
  • the second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1 is opposite the first current direction.
  • Fig. 30 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 609 is plotted over time (t).
  • the graph of Fig. 30 can also be regarded as the current between the electric storage device 1 and the point where the first and second branches 5, 6 are connected.
  • Fig. 31 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The operation can be as follows. After the start 690 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 26 (or any variants described herein) is provided (691).
  • Electrical energy is then stored (692) in the electric storage device 1.
  • the switching device 3 is switched (693) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2.
  • a suitable controller such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments
  • This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave 620.
  • the first magnetic field generated by first inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero, and the electric storage device 1 has now reached its maximum charge, however of opposite polarity when compared with the initial state (just before t1).
  • the absolute value of this maximum charge at t2 may be somewhat lower than the absolute value of the initial maximum charge (just before t1).
  • the switching device 603 is switched (694) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the second inductor 609.
  • a suitable controller such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments
  • This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave 630.
  • the second magnetic field generated by second inductor 609 has essentially reduced to zero, and the electric storage device
  • the method may then end (695). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated.
  • the first switching device 3 can again be switched (693) into the conductive or "ON" state etc.
  • Electrical energy may also again be stored (692) in the electric storage device 1.
  • the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • the two half pulses 620, 630 shown in Fig. 30 relate to different inductors, 2 and 609, respectively. While current flows through the first inductor
  • the delay between t2 and t3 can be chosen, in particular substantially freely, in particular by a user or manufacturer.
  • the delay between t2 and t3 may be longer or shorter than the time interval between t1 and t2, or may be of the same duration.
  • the two points in time t2 and t3 may also be selected such that they (substantially) coincide.
  • first and second inductances respectively of the first and second inductors 2, 609 may or may not be the same.
  • the second inductance of the second inductor 609 is smaller than the first inductance of the first inductor 2. Accordingly, the time between t3 and t4 is shorter than the time between t1 and t2.
  • Fig. 27 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 26.
  • Fig. 27 shows the capacitor 1 , the charging circuit comprising a source of electrical energy 7 and a switching device 8, as well as (a portion of) first and second branches 5 and 6 with first and second switching devices 3, 603 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16).
  • First inductor 2 is accommodated in a first casing 13.
  • Second inductor 609 is accommodated in a second casing 613.
  • the first casing 13 is movable independently from the second casing 613. Both are also movable with respect to cabinet 16 and may be electrically connected to the remainder of the circuit by flexible cables.
  • Fig. 28 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 27. However, in contrast to the embodiment of Fig. 27, both inductors 2, 609 are accommodated in the same casing 13 and are therefore not movable with respect to one another. The casing 13 may be movable with respect to cabinet 16. The first and second inductors 2, 609 may again be electrically connected to the remainder of the circuit by flexible cables. The cables may, for example, be arranged in a single conduit (not shown).
  • Fig. 29 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig.
  • Fig. 29 also shows a conduit 14 in which the cables 15 may be arranged.
  • terminal 17 is connected to the first switching device 3, and terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within cabinet 16.
  • terminal 617 is connected to the second switching device 603, and terminal 618 is again connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 .
  • Fig. 29 shows the first and second inductors 2, 609 accommodated in the same casing 13, they may also be accommodated in separate casings and may be movable with respect to one another, similar to the embodiment of Fig. 27.
  • the charging circuit (comprising the source of electrical energy 7 and the switching device 8) or portions thereof may be provided separately (i.e. not within cabinet 16), for example as shown in Figs. 5, 11 and 18, in which case cabinet 16 is provided with a further terminal 19 for connection to the external charging circuit.
  • features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 26 to 29 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 to 5, 8 to 11 , 14 to 18 and 21 to 23 or any variants described herein.
  • Fig. 32 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 32 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2.
  • the above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 32 and will not be repeated here.
  • elements shown in Fig. 32 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2.
  • elements shown in Fig. 32 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 700.
  • the second branch 6 of the circuit of Fig. 32 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5.
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 32 includes a second voltage source 707 and an associated, second switch or switching device 708 as part of a charging circuit 765 for charging the capacitor arrangement 420 comprising at least one capacitor 1.
  • the capacitor arrangement 420 is again represented by a single capacitor 1 , but the capacitor arrangement 420 could include further capacitors, as explained in connection with other embodiments.
  • the charging circuit 765 also comprises the (first) voltage source 7 and associated switch or switching device 8.
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 32 further comprises a control unit 544 for controlling the switching devices 3, 8, 703 and 708, as indicated by dashed line arrows.
  • the second voltage source 707 is connected between its associated second switching device 708 and a common ground connection (small triangles at the bottom of the figure), however with opposite polarity when compared with the first voltage source 7. Consequently, when the first switching device 8 is in the conductive state (and the second switching device 708 is in the non-conductive state), the first voltage source 7 will charge the capacitor 1 with a first polarity. When the second switching device 708 is in the conductive state (and the first switching device 8 is in the non-conductive state), the second voltage source 707 will charge the capacitor 1 with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
  • Fig. 36 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 37 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the inductor 2 is plotted over time (t).
  • the current through the inductor 2 is represented by a first half pulse 720 and a second half pulse 730.
  • Current through the inductor 2 will also flow to/from capacitor 1.
  • Fig. 37 also indicates the voltage (L/) at the capacitor 1 , as represented by a line carrying reference numeral 732.
  • the operation of the circuit of Fig. 32 can be as follows. After the start 790 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 32 is provided (791). The first voltage source 7 then charges capacitor 1 with a first polarity. To this end, the first switching device 8 is switched to the conductive state while the second switching device 708 is in the non- conductive state. This initial charging process is not explicitly shown in Fig. 37, but it results in the voltage at capacitor 1 reaching a level of +U1 , as shown in the leftmost part of Fig. 37.
  • the switching device 3 is switched (793) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544, described in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the capacitor 1 to the inductor 2.
  • a suitable controller such as control unit 544, described in connection with other embodiments
  • This current flow results in a first half pulse or half wave 720.
  • the first and second switching devices 8, 708 are in the non-conductive state during this time.
  • the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero.
  • the capacitor 1 has now reached a certain level of charge corresponding to a voltage -U2.
  • This voltage is of opposite polarity when compared with the initial state (just before t1).
  • of the voltage at t2 would be expected to be somewhat lower than the absolute value
  • the present embodiment envisages (re)charging (794) the capacitor 1 , starting at or around the second point in time t2, in particular to a voltage which corresponds to the initial voltage (but has opposite polarity).
  • the second switching device 708 is switched into the conductive state (while the first switching device 8 is in the non-conductive state) so as to electrically connect the second voltage source 707 to the capacitor 1.
  • This re-charging process is indicated between the second point in time t2 and a third point in time t3 in Fig. 37. During this time interval, the absolute value of the voltage at capacitor 1 increases from
  • the switching device 703 is switched (795) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544), so as to electrically connect the capacitor 1 to the inductor 2.
  • a suitable controller such as control unit 544.
  • the first and second switching devices 8, 708 are in the non-conductive state during this time.
  • the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero.
  • the capacitor 1 has now reached a certain level of charge or voltage. This voltage is of the same polarity as during the initial state just before t1 (albeit at a somewhat reduced level, again assuming that some losses of energy have occurred in the apparatus between t3 and t4).
  • the method may then end (796). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated.
  • the first switching device 3 can again be switched (793) into the conductive or "ON" state etc.
  • the capacitor 1 may also again be charged (792), in particular to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
  • the delay between t2 and t3 can be chosen, in particular by a user or manufacturer, to allow for the capacitor 1 to be recharged.
  • the control unit 544 may have one or more dials 545 or other user interfaces such as a touchscreen 546.
  • Fig. 33 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 32.
  • the second branch 6 of the circuit shown in Fig. 33 does not include a switching device 703 but instead has a diode 4 (or other electric component or assembly of electric components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction).
  • the diode 4 will "react" to the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch 6, rather than being controlled by a controller such as control unit 544.
  • the delay between the second point in time t2 and the third point in time t3 may be very small, or that these two points in time may (substantially) coincide.
  • any (re)charging of the capacitor 1 at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730 would ideally take place during a very short interval.
  • the second voltage source 707 preferably has a relatively high output power.
  • Fig. 33 shows a solid line arrow leading to control unit 544. This arrow is intended to represent an input into the control unit 544.
  • a voltage or other parameter prevailing in portions of the circuit shown in Fig. 33 for example in the line connecting the first switching device 8 with the first branch 5, can be used as an input into control unit 544, based on which the control unit 544 may determine the points in time when any of the switching devices 3, 8, 708 should be switched from the conductive to the non-conductive state or vice versa.
  • Fig. 34 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is similar to the embodiment shown in Fig. 32.
  • the charging circuit 765 of Fig. 34 does not include a second voltage source. Instead, it has a switching arrangement 760 for charging the capacitor 1 selectively with the first and second polarities using a single voltage source 7.
  • a bridge circuit in particular a H-bridge circuit, is used comprising switching devices 761 to 764.
  • switching devices 761 and 763 are in the conductive state and switching devices 762 and 764 are in the non-conductive state
  • capacitor 1 can be charged, using voltage source 7, with a first polarity.
  • switching devices 762 and 764 are in the conductive state and switching devices 761 and 763 are in the non-conductive state
  • capacitor 1 can be charged, using voltage source 7, with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
  • the switching devices 3, 703 and 761 to 764 can again be controlled by a suitable controller such as control unit 544 and/or by analog circuitry (not shown in Fig. 34).
  • the charging circuit 765 of Fig. 34 can also be used in connection with the embodiment of Fig. 33, whereby again the voltage source 7 would preferably have a relatively high output power so as to minimize the (re)charging time at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730.
  • Fig. 35 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a charging circuit 765 of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the charging circuit 765 of Fig. 35 can be used in the context of any of the embodiments shown in Figs. 32 and 33 or their variants, to replace the charging circuits 765 shown in these figures.
  • Fig. 35 only the charging circuit 765 and the capacitor 1 are shown, whilst first and second branches 5, 6 are only indicated in dashed lines.
  • the charging circuit 765 of Fig. 35 again includes first and second voltage sources 7, 707 and first and second switching devices 8, 708. Additionally, the charging circuit 765 comprises a supplementary capacitor 701 connected in series between second switching device 708 and a common ground connection. The second voltage source 707 is connected to the two terminals of the supplementary capacitor 701 so as to be able to charge the supplementary capacitor 701 . In contrast to the charging circuits 765 of Figs. 32 and 33, the capacitor 1 of the Fig. 35 embodiment is intended to be (re)charged at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730 (primarily) by the supplementary capacitor 701 , rather than the second voltage source 707.
  • the polarity of the second voltage source 707 (and hence the polarity of the supplementary capacitor 701 when it has been charged by the second voltage source 707) is such that the supplementary capacitor 701 can (re)charge the capacitor 1 with a second polarity opposite the first polarity (the first voltage source 7 being arranged to charge the capacitor 1 with the first polarity).
  • the supplementary capacitor 701 can charge the capacitor 1.
  • the (re)charging of the capacitor 1 by the supplementary capacitor 701 can potentially be quicker than would be possible if capacitor 1 was charged directly from the second voltage source 701 (without the assistance of the supplementary capacitor 701). In this way, the (re)charging time can be reduced.
  • the second voltage source 707 can charge the supplementary capacitor 701 during and/or before the first half pulse 720, i.e. during a period of time which may be (significantly) longer than a period of time between the first half pulse 720 and the second half pulse 730. This also means that the second voltage source 707 of the embodiment of Fig. 35 does not need to have a particularly high output power, and yet the time for (re)charging the capacitor 1 can be reduced.
  • a switching arrangement such as the bridge circuit shown in Fig. 34 can be used so that the supplementary capacitor 701 of Fig. 35 can be charged by the first voltage source 7.
  • the second voltage source 707 is not necessary.
  • Fig. 38 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. At least some features of the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 38 are similar to those shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply, mutatis mutandis, to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 38 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 38 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 38 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 800.
  • the circuit shown in Fig. 38 comprises a first series combination 870 of a first switching device 861 and a second switching device 862, the first switching device 861 being electrically connected to the second switching device 862 at a first connection point 881 .
  • the circuit comprises a second series combination 871 of a third switching device 863 and a fourth switching device 864, the third switching device 863 being electrically connected to the fourth switching device 864 at a second connection point 882.
  • the first series combination 870 is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point 883 and a fourth connection point 884, with the second series combination 871 such that the first switching device 861 and the third switching device 863 are electrically connected at the third connection point 883 and such that the second switching device 862 and the fourth switching device 864 are electrically connected at the fourth connection point 884.
  • a first terminal 888 of a (first) inductor 2 is electrically connected to the third connection point 883 and a second terminal 889 of the inductor 2 is electrically connected to the fourth connection point 884.
  • the inductor 2 is intended for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue.
  • the circuit further comprises a DC source arrangement 807 electrically connected between the first connection point 881 and the second connection point 882.
  • DC source arrangement 807 may comprise one or more DC sources, for example a battery, a solar panel or solar module or a fuel cell. Such (individual) DC sources may be connected in series or in parallel (or any combination thereof) in order to form the DC source arrangement 807. Further, different types of DC sources may be combined, for example a battery in parallel with a solar panel. Additionally, whilst not shown in Fig. 38, further switching devices may be provided so as to selectively connect or disconnect any one or a subset of individual DC sources of DC source arrangement 807 so that the individual DC sources can selectively contribute towards providing electrical energy for the circuit.
  • the first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 can be switched between a conductive state and a substantially non-conductive state, for example under the control of a control unit 544, as indicated by dashed line arrows. Specific implementations of such a control unit 544 have already been described elsewhere in this specification. As with other embodiments, the control of the first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 can also be implemented by analog circuitry instead of, or in addition to, a control unit 544 (comprising a (micro)controller).
  • Fig. 42 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 41 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the inductor 2 is plotted over time (t).
  • the operation of the circuit of Fig. 38 can be as follows. After the start 890 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 38 is provided (891).
  • the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 are switched (892) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544).
  • the second and third switching devices 862, 863 are both in a substantially non- conductive state at this time. Electrical current then starts to flow through the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 and through the inductor 2 in a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement 807.
  • a magnetic field is generated by inductor 2.
  • DC source arrangement 807 provides a DC current
  • the current through the inductor 2 increases, at least initially, substantially in a ramp-like manner.
  • the first and fourth switching devices At a second point in time t2 after the first point in time t1 , the first and fourth switching devices
  • the current through the inductor 2 therefore stops substantially instantly. Whilst the current through the inductor 2 does not have a resonant character, the current through the inductor 2 between the first point in time t1 and the second point in time t2 can nevertheless be regarded as a (first) current pulse 820 (herein also referred to as a positive current pulse 820).
  • the second and third switching devices 862, 863 can be switched from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time t4 after the third point in time t3 (while the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 are both still in the substantially non-conductive state).
  • the current through the inductor 2 therefore stops substantially instantly.
  • the current through the inductor 2 between the third point in time t3 and the fourth point in time t4 can again be regarded as a (second) current pulse 830 (herein also referred to as a negative current pulse 830) of opposite compared with the (first) current pulse 820.
  • the third point in time t3 coincides with the second point in time t2 so that the second, negative current pulse 830 follows (substantially) immediately after the first, positive current pulse 820.
  • the first to fourth points in time t1 to t4 or the respective delays between successive ones of these points in time can (substantially) freely be chosen, for example by a user or manufacturer. This can be done, for example, using control unit 544. Alternatively, the delays between these points in time can be implemented in analog circuitry. The same applies to any delay between the end (t4) of the negative current pulse 830 and any subsequent, positive current pulse 820, in case the method is repeated from step 892. In any event, the delays between successive ones of these points in time (t1-t2-t3-t4-t1 etc.) do not need to be the same. Further, using the circuit in accordance with Fig. 38 it is possible to generate more than one positive current pulse 820 before generating one or more negative current pulses 830.
  • Fig. 39 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 38.
  • a further electrical circuit element 842 is provided.
  • the further electrical circuit element 842 can be used to protect any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 or the inductor 2. In the example shown, this is only illustrated in relation to the fourth switching device 864, but corresponding further electrical circuit elements 842 could be provided for one or more of the other switching devices or the inductor 2.
  • the further electrical circuit element 842 is implemented, purely by way of example, as a spark gap 842. Spark gap 842 is connected in parallel to the fourth switching device 864.
  • the function of the spark gap 842 can be as follows. From the second point in time t2 onwards and/or from the fourth point in time t4 onwards, all four switching devices 861 to 864 are in the substantially non-conductive state. However, the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 will resist its decay, which may result in relatively high voltages between the third connection point 883 and the fourth connection point 884. Depending on the magnitude of this voltage and the specification of the switching devices, this relatively high voltage may damage or destroy one or more of the switching devices. If the spark gap 842 is rated (i.e.
  • the spark gap 842 can protect the respective switching device - in the example shown the fourth switching device 864 - from voltages higher than U2 (i.e. including voltage U3 and above).
  • the spark gap 842 should not already become conductive at a voltage U1 that is expected to occur during normal operation (whereby U1 ⁇ U2 ⁇ U3).
  • further electrical circuit elements 842 that can be used instead of a spark gap include passive electrical circuit elements, such as a transient-voltage-suppression diode, a Zener diode or a Shockley diode, or active electrical circuit elements, such as a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor. If active electrical circuit elements are used, then these would normally require suitable trigger circuitry, as has been described elsewhere in this specification.
  • passive electrical circuit elements such as a transient-voltage-suppression diode, a Zener diode or a Shockley diode
  • active electrical circuit elements such as a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor. If active electrical circuit elements are used, then these would normally require suitable trigger circuitry, as has been described elsewhere in this specification.
  • spark gap 842 connected in parallel to the fourth switching device 864 has been described for the purpose of protecting this switching device from a high voltage, it may alternatively or additionally also be possible to protect one or more of the circuit elements of the apparatus from high current, for example by connecting a further electrical circuit element in series with a circuit element to be protected.
  • Fig. 39 does not show a controller (such as control unit 544), it is to be noted that such a controller or suitable alternatives already described can also be used in connection with the circuit of Fig. 39.
  • Fig. 40 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 38. However, the inductor 2 is not provided as (an integral) part of the apparatus. Instead, the circuit of Fig. 38 (apart from the inductor 2 and its electrical connections to the remainder of the circuit) are accommodated in a housing or cabinet 16 or similar, in a manner similar to what has been described with reference to Figs. 5, 11 , 18 and 27 to 29.
  • Cabinet 16 is provided with two terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is electrically connected, within cabinet 16, to the fourth connection point 884, whereas terminal 18 is electrically connected, within cabinet 16, to the third connection point 883.
  • Fig. 40 shows the inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents.
  • the inductor 2 may again be accommodated in a casing 13 which is attached to a conduit 14 (see Fig. 5).
  • Conduit 14 accommodates two cables 15 (or a cable with two strands) which are electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminals 17, 18, as indicated by dashed lines.
  • any of the above embodiments or variants can be adapted in a manner similar to what is shown in, and described in connection with, Figs. 5, 11 , 18, 27 to 29 and 40 - in particular providing an apparatus according to Figs. 2 to 4, 8 to 10, 14 to 17, 21 to 23, 26 to 29, 32 to 35 and 38 to 39 (or variants thereof), but providing this apparatus with terminals (such as terminals 17 and 18), for connection with an inductor 2.
  • the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5 and the second branch 6.
  • the polarities of the switching devices 3, 603 could then also be reversed - or they could remain the same, in which case the two branches 5, 6 and the two inductors 2, 609 swap their functions.
  • 421 , 423 further capacitor (optionally: variable)
  • second pulse (current) 842 further electrical circuit element, spark gap

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Magnetic Treatment Devices (AREA)

Abstract

A magnetic field for application to body tissue is generated via an inductor. Connecting circuitry, including at least first and second branches, is provided between a capacitor and the inductor. Also provided is a charging circuit for electrically charging the capacitor. A switch forming part of the first branch electrically connects the capacitor to the inductor enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the inductor, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field. The current flowing through the first branch represents a first direction of flow with respect to the capacitor. An electric component forming part of the second branch electrically connects the capacitor to the inductor enabling current to flow between the capacitor and the inductor through the second branch. The current flowing through the second branch represents a second direction of flow with respect to the capacitor. Embodiments provide one or more of: a) an additional inductor in the first or second branch, which is in addition to the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; b) an additional inductor that has a variable inductance or which is provided with bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the additional inductor, in series with the (first) inductor; c) the capacitor has a variable capacitance; d) the switch in the first branch can be changed between a conductive state and a non-conductive state at points in time which can be freely chosen; e) the first branch leads to a first inductor and the second branch leads to a second inductor; f) the charging circuit can selectively charge the capacitor with a first polarity or a second polarity opposite the first polarity; g) a DC source and a H-bridge instead of a capacitor.

Description

Apparatus and Method for Generating a Magnetic Field
The present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for generating a magnetic field, in particular for application to (human or animal) body tissue.
The invention can in particular be used to generate an alternating magnetic field, i.e. a magnetic field whose magnetic field strength varies over time, and in particular a magnetic field whose magnetic field strength reverses its orientation over time. Such alternating magnetic fields can be used to generate a voltage in the body tissue, in particular so as to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction in the body tissue, in particular so as to cause a muscle reaction in the body tissue. In some cases, the voltage can be sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect, or some other (desirable) effect in the body tissue, i.e. not necessarily a therapeutic effect, for example the strengthening of muscle tissue.
Various devices for generating an alternating magnetic field for application to body tissue are known in the art. Fig. 1 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a device for generating an alternating magnetic field known to the inventor (and not admitted as prior art). The circuit shown in Fig. 1 includes a capacitor 101 electrically connected, via two branches 105 and 106 of connecting circuitry, to an inductor 102. The capacitor 101 is also connected, via a switch 108, to a source of electrical energy, such as a voltage source 107. One terminal of each of the capacitor 101 , inductor 102 and voltage source 107 is connected to ground (indicated by triangles towards the bottom of Fig. 1). Whilst switch 108 is shown in Fig. 1 as a separate circuit element, it can alternatively be integrated into, or form part of, voltage source 107.
A thyristor 103 forms part of the first branch 105, i.e. one terminal (in Fig. 1 the left-hand terminal, i.e. the anode) of the thyristor 103 is electrically connected to the capacitor 101 . A second terminal (in Fig. 1 the right-hand terminal, i.e. the cathode) of the thyristor 103 is electrically connected to the inductor 102. A third terminal, the gate terminal of the thyristor, is electrically connected to suitable circuitry for "firing" the thyristor 103. Circuitry for firing the thyristor 103 is not shown in Fig. 1 , but is known to those skilled in the art.
Similarly, a diode 104 forms part of the second branch 106, i.e. one terminal (in Fig. 1 the lefthand terminal, i.e. the cathode) of the diode 104 is electrically connected to the capacitor 101. A second terminal (in Fig. 1 the right-hand terminal, i.e. the anode) of the diode 104 is electrically connected to the inductor 102.
Accordingly, electrical current can flow between the capacitor 101 and the inductor 102 either via the first branch 105 or the second branch 106, depending on whether the thyristor 103 or the diode 104 is in a conductive state or "ON" state. In particular, the polarity of the thyristor 103 and the diode 104 is such that only one of these components is conductive at any one time. It will be appreciated that, even when the thyristor 103 or the diode 104 is in a non-conductive state, a small amount of electrical current may nevertheless flow through these components. For the purposes of the present application, the terms "conductive (state)" and "non-conductive (state)" and similar are preferably to be interpreted accordingly.
The direction of conventional current in an electrical circuit is defined as the direction in which positive charges flow. Negatively charged carriers, such as the electrons, therefore flow in the opposite direction of conventional current flow in an electrical circuit. In accordance with this convention, electrical current flowing from the capacitor 101 to the inductor 102 will (only) flow through the first branch 105 (assuming the thyristor 103 is in a conductive state), whereas electrical current flowing from the inductor 102 to the capacitor 101 will (only) flow through the second branch 106 (assuming the diode 104 is in a conductive state).
The inductor 102 can be brought into proximity with body tissue so that any magnetic field generated by inductor 102 is applied to the body tissue.
Typically, the operation of the device shown in Fig. 1 is as follows. The capacitor 101 is electrically charged by voltage source 107. To this end, switch 108 is closed at a suitable time so as to electrically connect voltage source 107 to capacitor 101. Switch 108 can be operated by suitable circuitry, which is again not shown in Fig. 1 but will be familiar to those skilled in the art. Once the capacitor 101 has been charged, either for a certain period of time or up to a certain voltage, switch 108 is opened. In the example shown in Fig. 1 , the capacitor 101 will be charged such that the (in Fig. 1) upper terminal will be positive and the lower terminal will be negative. This is also indicated by the symbols "+" and next to voltage source 107.
Initially, the electrical charge now stored in capacitor 101 will remain in capacitor 101 since the diode 104 is in a non-conductive state. Electrical current can (initially) also not flow from capacitor 101 to inductor 102 via the first branch 105, unless and until thyristor 103 is fired via its gate terminal.
Next, thyristor 103 is fired via its gate terminal. Current can now flow from capacitor 101 to inductor 102, thereby enabling inductor 102 to generate a magnetic field. As is known in the art, thyristor 103 remains in a conductive state even if the signal (gate current) which fired thyristor 103 is no longer present at its gate terminal. While current flows from capacitor 101 through the first branch 105 and through inductor 102, the charge stored in capacitor 101 (and thus the voltage between the two terminals of capacitor 101) decreases. This decrease in voltage approximately follows a cosine shape, starting at an initial maximum value at the time when thyristor 103 is fired.
Due to energy losses in the circuit of Fig. 1 , the voltage between the two terminals of capacitor 101 does not follow an exact cosine shape over time. Instead, the voltage more closely follows a cosine shape with a decaying amplitude, although even this may only be an approximation. The same applies to other voltages, currents or other variables which are described herein as (approximately) following a sine or cosine shape. This applies both to the circuit of Fig. 1 and to embodiments of the present invention. Accordingly, as used herein, the terms "cosine shape", "sine shape" and similar are to be understood to include (an approximation of) a cosine or sine shape with a decaying amplitude.
While the voltage between the two terminals of capacitor 101 decreases, the current through inductor 102 increases, starting at a value of zero and approximately following a sine shape, up to a maximum value. The current through inductor 102 reaches its maximum value substantially at the same time as the charge stored in capacitor 101 has dropped to zero. The period of time from the initial firing of thyristor 103 up to the point in time when the current through inductor 102 reaches its maximum value can be regarded as a quarter wave, or TT / 2.
At the time of TT / 2, a magnetic field generated by the current through inductor 102 is also at a maximum value, whilst the electrical energy stored in capacitor 101 is zero. In other words, the electrical energy that was initially stored in capacitor 101 has now been converted into magnetic energy, i.e. the magnetic field generated by the current through inductor 102. The energy is now stored in the magnetic field. As the magnetic field resists its decrease, current continues to flow through inductor 102 and through the first branch 105. The diode 104 is still in a non-conductive state. Accordingly, this continued current flow charges capacitor 101 , but this time with opposite polarity compared with its initial state. As capacitor 101 is charged up to a negative maximum value (approximately corresponding to the initial maximum charge, but of opposite polarity), the current through inductor 102 and accordingly also the magnetic field decreases until, one half wave after initial firing of thyristor 103, or at the time of TT, it has become zero. At this time, the charge (or voltage) of capacitor 101 has reached its maximum value of opposite polarity. Between TT / 2 and TT, the voltage of capacitor 101 and current through inductor 102 continue to follow the approximated cosine and sine shapes, respectively.
Approximately at the end of this first half wave, thyristor 103 becomes non-conductive and diode 104 becomes conductive, in a or its forward direction. In the example shown in Fig. 1 , this forward direction corresponds to a current direction from inductor 102 to capacitor 101. The process described above in connection with the first half wave is then effectively repeated during a second half wave, except that, at the time of TT (i.e. at a point in time at the end of the first half wave or at the beginning of the second half wave), the polarity of the voltage of capacitor 101 is the opposite of the initial polarity, and likewise the current direction through inductor 102 during the second half wave is the opposite of the current direction through inductor 102 during the first half wave. Further, the current between inductor 102 and capacitor 101 flows through the second branch 106, rather than through the first branch 105. The voltage of capacitor 101 and current through inductor 102 continue to follow, respectively, the (approximated) cosine and sine shapes which they started during the first half wave.
Eventually, after the second half wave, or at the time of 2TT, the system represented by the circuit shown in Fig. 1 has returned to its initial state, i.e. capacitor 101 is charged up to a maximum value and with the initial polarity, while the current through inductor 102 has returned to zero. Diode 104 becomes non-conductive at this stage. A complete cycle has been performed (two half waves). The process can then be repeated.
It is an object of the present invention to provide an apparatus and a method which offers more flexibility than the circuit described above in connection with Fig. 1.
Accordingly, the present invention provides an apparatus and a method in accordance with the independent claims. Further embodiments are set out in the dependent claims.
In a first aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and a second inductor, wherein the second inductor forms part of either the first branch or the second branch.
Accordingly, if, for example, the second inductor forms part of the second branch, current flowing in the second current direction would also flow through the second inductor - unless the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited (which will be explained below).
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the first aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 . However, the addition of the second inductor in the first branch or the second branch constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
The electric storage device, in particular if a capacitor is used as electric storage device, together with the first inductor and the connecting circuitry can effectively be regarded as a resonant circuit (or LC circuit). However, whereas in a typical resonant circuit the electrical current would normally take the same path through the resonant circuit regardless of the direction in which it flows at any one time, in embodiments according to the first aspect, the electrical current would flow either through the first branch or the second branch, depending on the direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor. Further, after one complete cycle (two half waves) and assuming that the switching device has become non-conductive after the first half wave, the current flow stops until the switching device is operated (e.g. fired) again to allow current to flow through the first branch. Nevertheless, the behavior can be regarded as somewhat similar to that of a resonant circuit.
Assuming ideal components, the resonant frequency o>0 of a resonant circuit (in the following simply "frequency") is determined by the values of the inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to )0 = -^=. In an actual (non-ideal) circuit, other factors known to those skilled in the art will lead to slightly different results, but the above formula can still serve as an approximation, including for the purpose of embodiments of the present invention. Assuming again that a capacitor is used as electric storage device in the apparatus according to the first aspect, the capacitance C of the circuit is the same regardless of whether the electrical current flows through the first branch or the second branch. However, due to the additional second inductor in either the first branch or the second branch, the applicable inductance of the circuit depends on whether the current flows through the first branch or the second branch. Applying this to a typical resonant circuit, this would mean that the frequency >0 of the resonant circuit would depend on whether the current flows through the first branch or the second branch. In other words, the respective durations of the two half waves of a full cycle would be different. In embodiments of the first aspect, the respective durations of the two half waves will also be different due to the addition of the second conductor in either the first branch or the second branch.
For the sake of simplicity, the system comprising the electric storage device, the first inductor and the first and/or second branch of the connecting circuitry, one of which will include the second inductor, will be referred to as a resonant circuit even though, strictly speaking, it does not necessarily constitute a resonant circuit. Similarly, a reference to the frequency of the resonant circuit is preferably intended to be understood not only to refer to an actual oscillation (in particular several consecutive oscillations), but also a reference to the duration of a half wave, or even more generally a reference to the rate of change (over time) of the electric current in the resonant circuit, a rate of change (over time) of a voltage at one of its components, or a rate of change (over time) of any other electrical property of the resonant circuit.
Suitable inductors for use as the first inductor and/or the second inductor are known in the art. They may in particular comprise at least one set of turns (of a wire) of any suitable shape, such as generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns. These turns may or may not be wound on a core.
The switching device of the apparatus according to the first aspect may comprise a thyristor. Using a thyristor may be preferred over other switching devices since, once it has been fired, the thyristor remains in the conductive state even once the gate signal has been removed. Further, the thyristor changes into the non-conductive state once the polarity at its terminals (anode and cathode) is reversed.
However, other types of switching devices can be used instead of a ("normal") thyristor. For example, a gate turn-off (GTO-thyristor) can be used. This essentially has the same characteristics as a "normal" thyristor, but additionally it can be brought into the non-conductive state by applying a gate signal of the opposite polarity compared with the initial gate signal for firing the GTO-thyristor. Further alternative switching devices include, without limitation, IGBT, FET or any other switching devices which can be switched on and off at appropriate times, in particular switched off after the first half wave.
If a switching device is used which actively needs to be switched off in order to revert to the non- conductive or "OFF" state, suitable switching circuitry may be provided. This can, for example, include a (micro-)controller, which may be programmed so as to switch the switching device on and/or off at desired points in time. As an alternative, or in addition, additional (analog) circuitry may be provided for switching the switching device off depending on a voltage which is present at a point in the first branch, in particular a voltage which is present at a terminal of the switching device which, as part of the first branch, is connected to the first inductor.
In the sense of the present invention, the term "electrical connection" is preferably intended to be understood to mean a connection enabling an electrical current to flow, in particular an electrical current of substantial magnitude. Such electric connection may be accomplished by a conductor such as a metallic wire, but may also involve semiconductor components in an ON-state. By way of contrast, the term "electrical connection" is preferably not intended to cover a semiconductor component in an OFF-state, even though an electrical current (such as a reverse leakage current in a diode or thyristor) may flow through such a semiconductor component when in the OFF-state. Any such reverse leakage current would typically be significantly smaller than an electrical current able to flow when the semiconductor component is in the ON-state. The term "electrically connect" is to be understood in a corresponding manner.
In embodiments of the first aspect, various components can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of an assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch. This includes diodes, in particular those with a p-n junction or a metal-semiconductor junction (Schottky contact). More generally, it includes components which have a similar functionality as a diode, including rectifiers such as electrolytic rectifiers, mercury-arc rectifiers, plate rectifiers (metal rectifiers, in particular selenium rectifiers) and vacuum tube rectifiers (vacuum tube diodes).
The components listed in the preceding paragraph can be regarded as passive rectifiers, i.e. rectifiers which do not require any additional circuitry to influence the behavior of the rectifier. As an alternative, or in addition, active switching devices can be used, which can actively be switched by additional circuitry (which additional circuitry may be regarded as part of the assembly of electric or electronic components). Such circuitry may comprise analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller. Such (active) switching devices can be used instead of, for example, a diode in the second branch in any embodiments of the present invention. In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part. Such circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor may comprise an electrical connection between the two terminals of the second inductor, whereby this electrical connection comprises a further switching device so as to selectively interrupt or close this electrical connection. Assuming a relatively low-ohmic electrical connection is used to bypass or short-circuit the second inductor, electrical current through the branch of which the second inductor forms a part will (almost) exclusively flow through this bypass circuitry rather than through the second inductor (when the further switching device as part of this bypass circuitry is closed). Accordingly, if the bypass circuitry is closed, the inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part is reduced when compared with a situation where the bypass circuitry is interrupted. This variance in inductance also has the effect of varying the frequency of the resonant circuit. In particular, when the current flows through the second inductor, the frequency of the resonant circuit is lower (i.e. the respective half wave then has a longer duration) than when the second inductor is bypassed. Further, when the current flows through the second inductor, the magnitude of the current through the resonant circuit is lower than when the second inductor is bypassed.
In one embodiment, an inductance of the second inductor is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
Inductors of discretely variable or substantially continuously variable inductance are well known in the art. If the second inductor comprises a coil with a set of turns, the inductance can be varied discretely, by bypassing one or more (entire) turns or by bypassing a fraction of turns (for example three quarters of a turn or 5.375 turns). By using a variometer as the second inductor, the inductance can be varied substantially continuously. Other possible implementations of inductors of (continuously) variable inductance include inductors with a core, e.g. a coil with a set of turns wound around a core, whereby the core is (partially) introduced into, or withdrawn from, the coil.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors forming part of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
It is envisaged that the further inductors would be connected in series with the second inductor, although it would also be possible to connect them in parallel to the second inductor. Using two or more further inductors, it is also possible to use a combination of serial and parallel connections for the second and the further inductors. In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor and/or one or more of the one or more further inductors in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
The effect of bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor has already been described above. Bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors, either as an alternative, or in addition, to bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor has a corresponding effect, including the effect of varying the frequency of the resonant circuit and the effect of varying the magnitude of the current through the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
In one embodiment, an inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
Again, inductors with a discretely variable inductance or a substantially continuously variable inductance have already been explained above in connection with the second inductor. This can apply in like manner to the one or more further inductors.
Using inductors with a discretely or substantially continuously variable inductance can be used in combination with circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and/or one or more of the further inductors, but can also be used without such bypass circuitry. By using inductors with a variable inductance in combination with bypass circuitry, it is possible for the apparatus (the resonant circuit) to cover potentially a large variety of different frequencies, which may be variable in a discrete or substantially continuous manner.
In one embodiment, the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that the inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are bypassed or short-circuited; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are not bypassed and not short- circuited and the inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is at a maximum.
For example, if the second inductor and the one or more further inductors are connected in series, their inductances are added to result in a (total) inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part. By selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second and/or further inductors or by varying their individual inductances, the (total) inductance of the respective branch can be varied over a wide range.
In one embodiment, the first inductor comprises at least one set of turns, preferably at least one set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the at least one set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the at least one set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
According to this embodiment, the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the switching device and the electric component or assembly of electric components, as well as the first and second branch of the connecting circuitry. The casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor. An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor).
In one embodiment, the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
The charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the first aspect. The charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor. In a second aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein a total inductance of the first branch differs from a total inductance of the second branch by one of: at least a factor of 1.5, at least a factor of 2, at least a factor of 5, at least a factor of 10, at least a factor of 50, at least a factor of 100, at least a factor of 500, at least a factor of 1000, at least a factor of 2000, at least a factor of 5000, at least a factor of 10000.
Pursuant to the second aspect, the inventor has recognized that the various components of the apparatus are not "ideal" components in the electrical sense. For example, the individual components such as the electric storage device, the first inductor, the switching device and the electric components or assembly of electric components forming part of the second branch, as well as the connecting circuitry would typically have one or more of a parasitic resistance, capacitance and inductance. In particular, both the first branch and the second branch will have a non-zero inductance. However, by ensuring that the inductance of the first branch differs from the inductance of the second branch (at least) by one of the factors stated above, the frequency respectively associated with the first and the second branch (each in combination with the electric storage device and the first inductor) will also be different, in particular significantly different.
The difference in inductance between the first branch and the second branch can be achieved in particular by including a second inductor (and potentially further inductors) in one of the branches, as has been explained in connection with the first aspect.
In a third aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the first aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
In one embodiment, the apparatus used in the third aspect is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, wherein a duration of the second half pulse is different from a duration of the first half pulse.
The difference in duration of the two half pulses stems from the difference in inductance of the first branch and the second branch, in particular due to the second (and any further) inductors forming part of one of the branches.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying an inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part. The bypassing or short-circuiting of the second inductor, as well as the varying of the inductance of the second inductor has already been explained in connection with the first aspect.
In one embodiment, selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and between the second half pulse and a subsequent pulse.
Suitable (switching) circuitry can be used for actively bypassing or for short-circuiting the second inductor or for varying the inductance of the second inductor. Depending on when this bypassing, short-circuiting or varying takes place, different effects can be achieved: if done during the first half pulse (and assuming that the second inductor forms part of the first branch), the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse. Similarly, if done during the second half pulse (and assuming that the second inductor forms part of the second branch), the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse. In both cases, the signal (e.g. the current through the first inductor) changes its shape at the time when the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied. That is, it does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration). If the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave. However, the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the second inductor is bypassed or short- circuited or its inductance is varied between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
A corresponding effect can be achieved by initially bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and interrupting the bypass or short-circuit either during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the two half pulses or between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue. This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
As the second inductor influences the frequency of the resonant circuit and the magnitude of the current through the first inductor, the second inductor also has an influence on the magnetic field generated by the first inductor, which can be used to achieve particular effects in the body tissue.
According to this embodiment, bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the first inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal. An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor can involve the use of the first inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the first inductor. Such a first inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
Also, it is possible first to bring the first inductor into proximity with body tissue (or to bring the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor) and then to generate the magnetic field, or vice versa.
The distance between the first inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
As the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the first inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
In one embodiment, the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect. A variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the first aspect or the method of the third aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the second inductor and, if applicable, bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance.
In a fourth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and a second inductor, wherein the second inductor forms part of either the first branch or the second branch.
The apparatus of the fourth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the first aspect. However, in contrast to the first aspect, the first inductor mentioned in connection with the fourth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the fourth aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the fourth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the first inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the fourth aspect and used as the first inductor. In a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and wherein the connecting circuitry further comprises a second inductor connected in series with the first inductor, wherein: the second inductor has a variable inductance; or the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; or the second inductor has a variable inductance and the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; so that electrical current flowing through the first inductor and through the connecting circuitry will also flow through the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, regardless of whether said electrical current flows through the first or the second branch.
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the fifth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 . However, the addition of the second inductor in series with the first inductor constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below. The explanations provided above in connection with the first aspect also apply in an analogous manner with respect to the fifth aspect, in particular regarding:
- the electric storage device, together with the first inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
- the frequency >0 of the resonant circuit being determined (approximately) by the values of the (applicable) inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to )0 = - = whereby the /LC applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the first and second inductor
- the types of inductors for use as the first inductor and/or the second inductor
- the types of switching devices and ways of operating these
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect"
- the types of components that can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of an assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch.
Similarly, constructional and operational details of bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting an inductor have already been provided above in connection with embodiments of the first aspect of the present disclosure. These details similarly apply to bypass circuitry of the fifth aspect.
Pursuant to embodiments of the present disclosure, while the first inductor is intended for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the second inductor is not intended for this purpose. Of course, since a magnetic field is in principle able to have an infinite spread, any body tissue subjected to the magnetic field generated by the first inductor will also be subjected to the magnetic field generated by the second inductor. However, in embodiments of the present disclosure, the effects of this can be kept small, for example by placing the second inductor at a suitable distance from the first inductor (and thus from any body tissue to which the magnetic field generated by the first inductor is to be applied). Instead, the main purpose of the second inductor is to vary the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the first and second inductors form a part. In this way, the frequency of this resonant circuit can be varied even if the inductance of the first inductor cannot be varied. The change in the frequency can be used to influence the current through the first inductor, in particular at least one of the shape, duration or magnitude of a current pulse through the first inductor.
In one embodiment, an inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable. Constructional details of inductors of discretely variable or substantially continuously variable inductance have already been described above in relation to the first aspect of the present disclosure.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors connected in series with the second inductor.
The one or more further inductors are also connected in series with the first inductor. Their inductance also influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the first and second inductors (and the one or more further inductors) form a part.
As with the second inductor, the one or more further inductors are not intended for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, and the explanations provided above in connection with the second inductor apply similarly to the one or more further inductors.
In one embodiment, one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance.
The explanations provided above in connection with a variable inductance of the second inductor apply similarly to the one or more further inductors.
In one embodiment, the connecting circuitry further comprises further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors.
Constructional and operational details of bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or shortcircuiting an inductor have already been provided above in connection with embodiments of the first aspect of the present disclosure. These details similarly apply to further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more further inductors of embodiments of the fifth aspect.
In one embodiment, the further bypass circuitry comprises individual circuit portions for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors individually.
With such individual circuit portions, one or more particular ones of the further inductors can be bypassed or short-circuited individually, whilst one or more other ones of the further inductors are not bypassed or short-circuited. In this manner, the total inductance of the circuit of which the first, second and further inductors form a part can assume various different values. In one embodiment, one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance and/or is provided with further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting a respective one of the one or more further inductors.
In this manner, the total inductance of the circuit of which the first, second and further inductors form a part can be varied over a wide range.
In one embodiment, the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that a total inductance of the connecting circuitry is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are bypassed or short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are not bypassed and not short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a maximum.
This enables the total inductance of the circuit and hence the frequency of the circuit to be varied over a particularly large range, and, through this, the current through the first inductor can also be varied accordingly. In particular, the shape, magnitude and/or duration of any current pulse through the first inductor can be varied over a correspondingly large range.
In one embodiment, the second inductor has a variable inductance with a maximum inductance of L2; the one or more further inductors have an inductance of value Lm, where m = 3, 4, 5, ... n+2 and n is the number of further capacitors; and Lm is substantially equal to L2 * 2(m-3).
In this embodiment, the ratio of L2 : L3 : Lm is substantially 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 : 16 etc. Through this choice of values, the total inductance of the connecting circuitry can be varied from its minimum value up to its maximum value with a relatively small total number of inductors. If at least one of the inductors, for example the second inductor, has an inductance which is substantially continuously variable, the total inductance of the connecting circuitry can also be varied substantially continuously from its minimum value up to its maximum value. In one embodiment, the first inductor comprises at least one set of turns, preferably at least one set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the at least one set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the at least one set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
In this embodiment, similar to a corresponding embodiment of the first aspect, the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the switching device, the electric component or assembly of electric components, the first and second branch of the connecting circuitry and the second inductor (and, if provided, also the further inductors). The casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor. An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor).
In one embodiment, the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
The charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the fifth aspect. The charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor.
In a sixth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the fifth aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry.
In one embodiment, the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
Assuming the inductances of the first and second branch are (at least approximately) the same, the duration and magnitude of the first and second half pulses will be (at least approximately) the same, although, as explained above, the magnitude of the second half pulse may be somewhat smaller than the magnitude of the first half pulse due to energy losses in the circuit. However, if the inductances of the first and second branches are not the same (in particular if they are substantially different), the duration and magnitude of the first half pulse will be (significantly) different from those of the second half pulse. This may be the case if an additional inductor is connected in series with either the switching device or the electric component or assembly of electric components in such a way that electrical current will flow through the additional inductor during the first half pulse but not during the second half pulse, or vice versa.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the connecting circuitry.
The bypassing or short-circuiting of the second inductor, as well as the varying of the inductance of the second inductor has already been explained in connection with the fifth aspect.
In one embodiment, selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and after the pulse.
Suitable (switching) circuitry can be used for actively bypassing or for short-circuiting the second inductor or for varying the inductance of the second inductor. Depending on when this bypassing, short-circuiting or varying takes place, different effects can be achieved: if done during the first half pulse, the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse. Similarly, if done during the second half pulse, the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse. In both cases, the signal (e.g. the current through the first inductor) changes its shape at the time when the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied. That is, it does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration). If the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave. However, the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the second inductor is bypassed or short-circuited or its inductance is varied between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
A corresponding effect can be achieved by initially bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor and interrupting the bypass or short-circuit either during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the two half pulses or between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
As with the third aspect, this may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
Further explanations provided in connection with corresponding embodiments of the third aspect also apply to this embodiment of the sixth aspect.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue. As the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the first inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
In one embodiment, the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
A variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the fifth aspect or the method of the sixth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the second inductor and, if applicable, bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying its inductance.
In a seventh aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and wherein the connecting circuitry further comprises a second inductor connected in series with the first inductor, wherein: the second inductor has a variable inductance; or the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; or the second inductor has a variable inductance and the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; so that electrical current flowing through the first inductor and through the connecting circuitry will also flow through the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, regardless of whether said electrical current flows through the first or the second branch.
The apparatus of the seventh aspect is similar to the apparatus of the fifth aspect. However, in contrast to the fifth aspect, the first inductor mentioned in connection with the seventh aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the seventh aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the seventh aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the first inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the seventh aspect and used as the first inductor.
In an eighth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein the capacitor has a variable capacitance.
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the eighth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1. However, the use of a capacitor with a variable capacitance constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
The explanations provided above in connection with the first and fifth aspects also apply in an analogous manner with respect to the eighth aspect, in particular regarding:
- the capacitor arrangement (comprising at least one capacitor) of the eighth aspect, which is a form of electric storage device (first and fifth aspect), together with the inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
- the frequency o>0 of the resonant circuit being determined (approximately) by the values of the (applicable) inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to a>0 = whereby the
Figure imgf000027_0001
applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the first (and any second or further) inductor
- the types of inductors for use as the inductor
- the types of switching devices and ways of operating these
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect"
- the types of components that can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of an assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch.
In principle, any type of variable capacitor (or capacitor which has a variable capacitance) may be used as the capacitor of the eighth aspect, including mechanically controlled variable capacitors and electrically controlled variable capacitors. The capacitance of the at least one capacitor influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor forms a part, i.e. by varying the capacitance of the at least one capacitor, the frequency of the resonant circuit is also varied, as described above.
In certain embodiments, the capacitance of the at least one capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable. In this way, the frequency of the resonant circuit is also (substantially) continuously variable. Alternatively, the capacitance of the at least one capacitor is discretely variable, preferably however in small steps. In this way, the frequency of the resonant circuit may be almost continuously variable. In one embodiment, the capacitor arrangement comprises one or more further capacitors connected in parallel to said capacitor. Their capacitance influences the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part.
In one embodiment, at least one of the one or more further capacitors, in particular all of the further capacitors, have a capacitance which is one of: variable; discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
This also helps to ensure that the frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part can be adjusted. The greater the adjustable range of the capacitance of the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors is, the greater the adjustable range of the frequency of the resonant circuit becomes, thereby increasing the flexibility in terms of the magnetic field to be generated by the apparatus, such as pulse duration, amplitude and/or shape of a pulse.
In one embodiment, the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a maximum.
Since the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors are connected in parallel, their capacitances are added to result in the total capacitance of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part (again assuming ideal components). In particular if the capacitances of all of the first capacitor and the one or more further capacitors are (substantially) continuously variable, the total capacitance will also be (substantially) continuously variable from the minimum value to the maximum value mentioned above. But even if the capacitance of only one capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable and the capacitance of any further capacitor(s) is only discretely variable, the total capacitance may still be (substantially) continuously variable from the minimum value to the maximum value mentioned above. This will in particular be the case if the discrete steps by which the capacitance of any such further capacitor(s) is variable is no greater than the range over which the capacitance of the (first) capacitor is (substantially) continuously variable. An example: Let's assume the capacitance of the first capacitor can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 100 pF and the capacitance of one further capacitor can be adjusted in discrete steps to assume only two values: 0 pF and 100 pF. In this case, when the further capacitor is adjusted to 0 pF, by varying the capacitance of the first capacitor the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 100 pF. When the further capacitor is adjusted to 100 pF, by varying the capacitance of the first capacitor the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 100 pF and 200 pF. Therefore, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 200 pF. Similarly, in another example, if the further capacitor can be adjusted in discrete steps to assume the values 200 pF, 300 pF and 400 pF, and the capacitance of the first capacitor can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 0 pF and 100 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be adjusted (substantially) continuously between 200 pF and 500 pF.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises one or more further switching devices, one for each of the one or more further capacitors, wherein the one or more further switching devices are configured to selectively interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
In this manner, the total capacitance of the circuit of which the first capacitor and the one or more further capacitors form a part can assume various different values.
It is also possible to provide some of the further capacitors with a respective further switching device and to provide other ones of the further capacitors as capacitors with a variable capacitance, in which case the total capacitance of the circuit can also assume various different values and can in particular be adjustable, in particular (substantially) continuously, over a selected range.
In one embodiment, the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is interrupted by the further switching devices; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a minimum and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is not interrupted; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a maximum.
The comments above regarding adjustability of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement also apply to this embodiment, mutatis mutandis.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises a charging circuit for charging the capacitor arrangement.
The charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor arrangement.
In alternative embodiments, the charging circuit may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the eighth aspect, i.e. may not form part of the apparatus of the eighth aspect.
In one embodiment: the first capacitor has a maximum capacitance of value C1 the n further capacitors have a capacitance of value Cm, where n is the number of further capacitors and m = 2, 3, 4, ... n+1
Cm is substantially equal to C1 * 2(m-2).
In this embodiment, the ratio of C1 : C2 : Cm is substantially 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 : 16 etc. Through this choice of values, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can be varied from its minimum value up to its maximum value over a relatively wide range with a relatively small total number of capacitors. If at least one of the capacitors, for example the first capacitor, has a capacitance which is (substantially) continuously variable, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement can also be varied (substantially) continuously from its minimum value up to its maximum value.
In a ninth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the eighth aspect; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
In one embodiment, the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse.
As mentioned above, the pulses, in particular their duration, amplitude and/or shape can be influenced by varying the capacitance of the capacitor arrangement.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement at a point in time which is one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and between the second half pulse and a subsequent pulse.
Suitable arrangements for varying the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement have already been described above, and include in particular the varying of the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement and/or using one or more further switching devices for respective ones of the one or more further capacitors to selectively establish or interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
Depending on when the varying of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement takes place, different effects can be achieved: if done during the first half pulse, the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the first half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the first half pulse is changed part-way through the first half pulse. Similarly, if done during the second half pulse, the frequency of the resonant circuit is changed during the second half pulse, and accordingly the duration of the second half pulse is changed part-way through the second half pulse. In both cases, the signal (e.g. the current through the inductor) changes its shape at the time when the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is varied. That is, the signal does not continue to follow the same shape of the half pulse of the (approximated) sinewave that it followed initially, but instead continues along the shape of a different (approximated) sinewave (of a different pulse duration). If the varying of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement takes place between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, the shape of each half pulse (approximately) resembles a half pulse of a sinewave. However, the duration and amplitude of the two half pulses will be different. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if the varying of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement takes place between one (full) pulse and the next (full) pulse.
In one embodiment, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is varied such that a duration of the second half pulse is longer than a duration of the first half pulse. This can be achieved by increasing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement between the first and second half pulses, or at any time after the start of the first half pulse and before the end of the second half pulse.
Different effects can be achieved depending on whether the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is increased or reduced. It can be increased by increasing the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement, or by operating one or more further switching devices so as to establish an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry. Conversely, it can be reduced by reducing the capacitance of an individual capacitor of the capacitor arrangement, or by operating one or more further switching devices so as to interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry. Increasing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement will result in a longer pulse duration. Reducing the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement will result in a shorter pulse duration.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue so as to generate the magnetic field in said body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes. As the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement influences the frequency of the resonant circuit and the magnitude of the current through the inductor, this total capacitance also has an influence on the magnetic field generated by the inductor, which can be used to achieve particular effects in the body tissue.
According to this embodiment, bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal. An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor can involve the use of the inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the inductor. Such an inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
Also, it is possible first to bring the inductor into proximity with body tissue (or to bring the body tissue into proximity with the inductor) and then to generate the magnetic field, or vice versa.
The distance between the inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
As the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
In one embodiment, the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
A variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the eighth aspect or the method of the ninth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement, in particular by suitable choice of the capacitance of individual capacitors of the capacitor arrangement and/or, if applicable, operating one or more further switching devices so as to establish or interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry.
In a tenth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein the capacitor has a variable capacitance.
The apparatus of the tenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the eighth aspect. However, in contrast to the eighth aspect, the inductor mentioned in connection with the eighth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the tenth aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the tenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the tenth aspect and used as the inductor. In an eleventh aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at a second point in time in order to interrupt said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; at least one electrical circuit element, wherein the electrical circuit element forms part of the second branch, wherein the electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state in order to form a second electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor; wherein the first and second points in time can be freely chosen.
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the eleventh aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1. However, the construction of the apparatus in such a way that the switching device can be changed from the substantially non- conductive state to the conductive state and back to the substantially non-conductive state, respectively at first and second points in time which can be freely chosen, constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
The explanations provided above in connection with the first, fifth and eighth aspects also apply in an analogous manner to the eleventh aspect, in particular regarding:
- the capacitor arrangement (comprising at least one capacitor) of the eleventh aspect, which is a form of electric storage device (first and fifth aspects), together with the inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
- the capacitor arrangement of the eleventh aspect being able to be constructed in a similar way to the capacitor arrangement of the eighth aspect - the frequency )0 of the resonant circuit being determined (approximately) by the values of the (applicable) inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to )0 = - = whereby the /LC applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the (first and any second or further) inductor
- the types of inductors for use as the inductor
- the types of switching devices and ways of operating these, subject to further details explained below
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect".
Pursuant to the eleventh aspect, the term "freely chosen" does not necessarily mean that there are no restrictions at all, but at least there is a significant (temporal) range in which the first and second points in time can be chosen, in particular by a user of the apparatus. In particular, there is no need for the second point in time to be at a specific, fixed time delay after the first point in time, such as - assuming that the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner - after, or at the end of, a first half pulse. Instead, the second point in time can be chosen independently from the first point in time.
In a typical embodiment envisaged by the inventor, a user would pre-select the first and second points in time, either as specific (or absolute) points in time or relative to another event. In particular, a user may select the second point in time as a point in time after a selected time interval has elapsed since the first point in time. To this end, the apparatus may have a suitable interface, such as a dial or touchscreen, via which the user can specify the selected time interval.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises a first controller for causing the switching device to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time and/or for causing the switching device to change from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at the second point in time. The first controller may, for example, receive suitable inputs from a user, for example, via the interface mentioned above. The first controller may, for example, comprise a microcontroller. Alternatively, the first controller may be provided in the form of analog circuitry, for example circuitry connecting the interface mentioned above (e.g. a dial) with the switching device.
In one embodiment, the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state in order to interrupt said second electrical connection between the electric storage device and the inductor.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises a second controller for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time and/or for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time. The second controller may, for example, receive suitable inputs from a user, for example, via an interface such as the one mentioned above. The second controller may, for example, comprise a microcontroller. Alternatively, the second controller may be provided in the form of analog circuitry, for example circuitry connecting the interface mentioned above (e.g. a dial) with the at least one electrical circuit element. The second controller may be identical to the first controller, in the sense that there is only one controller controlling both the switching device and the at least one electrical circuit element. Alternatively, the first and second controllers may be provided as separate units.
In one embodiment, the switching device comprises an insulated-gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), a field-effect transistor (FET), a metal-oxide-sem iconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) or a gate turn-off thyristor (GTO-thyristor). Any other suitable switching device, in particular one that can be switched off at a desired point in time, may be used instead.
In one embodiment, the at least one electrical circuit element comprises a passive electrical circuit element, in particular:
- a spark gap
- a transient-voltage-suppression diode
- a Zener diode
- a Shockley diode or
- a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or
- a thyristor, in particular in combination with trigger circuitry connected to, or forming part of, the second branch to trigger the thyristor.
In the case of a spark gap, the following regime for the (absolute values of the) voltages involved is preferably adhered to: The capacitor arrangement is, or can be, or is arranged to be, charged up to a voltage U1. The spark gap is rated to, i.e. becomes conductive at, a voltage U2. The switching device suffers (significant) damage, or is destroyed, at or above a voltage U3, wherein: U1 < U2 < U3. Adhering to this regime may ensure that the spark gap does not already become conductive as the capacitor arrangement is being charged. At the same time, it may ensure that the switching device (of the first branch) is not damaged or destroyed since the voltage that is arranged to cause the spark gap to become conductive may also be applied to the switching device (in reverse bias). In one embodiment, the at least one electrical circuit element comprises an active electrical circuit element or an arrangement of circuit elements, in particular a switching element controlled by analog circuitry or a microcontroller. This enables the user to actively control the electrical circuit element, rather than the electrical circuit element simply being allowed to become conductive or non-conductive depending on the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch.
A resistor may also be provided in the second branch.
In one embodiment, the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time, wherein the third point in time coincides with the second point in time or is after the second point in time, in particular a predetermined or predeterminable time interval after the second point in time. Again, a user may specify the third point in time, for example via the interface mentioned above, and may in particular specify the time interval between the second point in time and the third point in time. Alternatively, the third point in time may be fixed, or the interval between the second point in time and the third point in time may be fixed.
In a twelfth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the eleventh aspect; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time so as to form said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at the second point in time and thereby interrupting said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state, thereby enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said at least one electrical circuit element.
Embodiments described in connection with the eleventh aspect similarly apply to the twelfth aspect, and vice versa. In one embodiment, switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time triggers an oscillation of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the second point in time is chosen not to coincide with a transition between a first half wave and a second half wave of said oscillation. In this way, the oscillation can be aborted at a selected point in time, in order to achieve a particular effect.
In one embodiment, the second point in time is chosen to be during the first half wave of said oscillation, preferably during a first quarter wave of said oscillation.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue. This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
Bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue can for example be accomplished by moving the inductor, sometimes also called applicator coil, towards body tissue, or by moving it along the body surface of a person or animal. An example of bringing the body tissue into proximity with the inductor can involve the use of the inductor in a (temporarily) fixed position, and a person or animal approaching the inductor. Such an inductor in a fixed position may for example be attached to, or integrated into, a chair or similar.
Also, it is possible first to bring the inductor into proximity with body tissue (or to bring the body tissue into proximity with the inductor) and then to generate the magnetic field, or vice versa.
The distance between the inductor and the body tissue may for example be a few millimeters or centimeters, although larger distances (such as several tens of centimeters) may also be considered.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue. As the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
In one embodiment, the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage (or the movement of charges) is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
A variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the eleventh aspect or the method of the twelfth aspect, in particular by suitable choice of the first and/or second points in time, in particular the time interval between the first and second points in time.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue so as to generate the magnetic field in said body tissue, wherein a duration between the first point in time and the second point in time defines a time interval, wherein the method further comprises, one or more times, carrying out the following steps: varying the time interval; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state; and after the varied time interval, switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state.
By varying the time interval and switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state after the varied time interval, the oscillation is aborted at various times based on the varied time interval. Various measurements can be carried out, in particular measurements regarding any reaction in the body tissue, and recorded and/or analyzed, in particular as a function of the varied time interval.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises detecting whether a muscle reaction in the body tissue has been caused, in order to provide a detection result; and based on the detection result, determining a minimum duration, corresponding to the time interval or the varied time interval, at which the muscle reaction in the body tissue is caused.
In a thirteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a second point in time in order to interrupt said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal; at least one electrical circuit element, wherein the electrical circuit element forms part of the second branch, wherein the electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state in order to form a second electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal; wherein the first and second points in time can be freely chosen.
The apparatus of the thirteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the eleventh aspect. However, in contrast to the eleventh aspect, the inductor mentioned in connection with the thirteenth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the thirteenth aspect and used as the inductor.
In any of the eleventh to thirteenth aspects or their embodiments, the first and second points in time (or the time interval between these) can also be predetermined, i.e. chosen by a user or manufacturer in advance, and stored in a memory device of the apparatus or predetermined by the electrical design (analog circuitry design) of the apparatus - but again such that the first and second points in time do not coincide with the end of a first half pulse (again assuming that the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner). When the apparatus of the eleventh or thirteenth aspect is used or the method according to the twelfth aspect is executed, information regarding the first and/or second points in time, or the time interval between these, can be retrieved (e.g. from the memory device) and the apparatus controlled accordingly. In embodiments in which the first and second points in time (or the time interval between these) are predetermined by the electrical design (analog circuitry design) of the apparatus, using the apparatus of the eleventh or thirteenth aspect or executing the method according to the twelfth aspect will also result in the corresponding time interval between the first and second points in time. In a fourteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second inductors, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises a first branch between the electric storage device and the first inductor and a second branch between the electric storage device and the second inductor; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device; and a second switching device, wherein the second switching device forms part of the second branch, wherein the second switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the second inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow.
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1. However, a) providing the second inductor, b) providing the first branch between the electric storage device and the first inductor, and providing the second branch between the electric storage device and the second inductor, c) providing the first and second switching devices, and d) with respect to the electric storage device, the second current direction of current flow through the second branch being opposite the first current direction of current flow through the first branch constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
The explanations provided above in connection with the first, fifth, eighth and eleventh aspects also apply in an analogous manner to the fourteenth aspect, in particular regarding: - the electric storage device, together with the first inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
- the electric storage device, together with the second inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit)
- the frequency >0 of the resonant circuit(s) being determined (approximately) by the values of the (applicable) inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to )0 = whereby
Figure imgf000043_0001
the applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the first or the second inductor
- the types of inductors for use as the first inductor and/or the second inductor
- the types of switching devices (for use as the first and second switching devices) and ways of operating these
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect".
The circuit according to the fourteenth aspect enables the first and second inductors to be used in a variety of manners, in particular substantially independently from one another, or in cooperation. Nevertheless, in principle it is possible to operate the circuit according to the fourteenth aspect with only one electric storage device, such as a capacitor, although it is equally possible to provide a capacitor arrangement comprising several capacitors as the electric storage device. In any event, it is not necessary to provide a separate electric storage device for each inductor.
The first inductor may for example be accommodated in a first casing which can be moved by an operator and placed upon a body part of a person or animal.
In one embodiment, the first and second inductors are not connected in series. That means, in particular, that electrical current through the first inductor does not flow through the second inductor, and vice versa. The first and second branches can therefore be regarded as substantially independent from one another, except that both are connected to the electric storage device.
In one embodiment, the first switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the first current direction; and the second switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the second current direction. Suitable switching devices include, without limitation, thyristors, gate turn-off thyristors (GTO-thyristors), IGBTs and FETs.
In one embodiment, the second inductor is configured such that the second magnetic field is also for application to body tissue. For example, the second inductor may be accommodated in a second casing which can be moved by an operator and placed upon a body part of a person or animal.
According to a variant, the second magnetic field to be generated by the second inductor is not necessarily intended to be for application to body tissue. Of course, since a magnetic field is in principle able to have an infinite spread, any body tissue subjected to the magnetic field generated by the first inductor will also be subjected to the second magnetic field generated by the second inductor. However, in such a variant, the effects of this can be kept small, for example by placing the second inductor at a suitable distance from the first inductor (and thus from any body tissue to which the first magnetic field generated by the first inductor is to be applied). The second inductor may, for example, be accommodated within a metal housing, in particular a metal housing which also accommodates other parts of the circuit of the fourteenth aspect, such as the electric storage device.
In one embodiment, the first inductor comprises at least a first set of turns, preferably at least a first set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the first set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the first magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a first casing connected to a first conduit through which extends at least a first cable for supplying electrical power to the first set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said first casing.
According to this embodiment, the first inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the first and second switching devices and at least a portion of each of the first and second branches of the connecting circuitry. The casing which houses the first inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the first inductor. An arrangement in which the first inductor and the casing which houses the first inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the first inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the first inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the first inductor and the casing accommodating the first inductor). In one embodiment, the second inductor comprises at least a second set of turns, preferably at least a second set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the second set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the second magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the second inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the second inductor is disposed within a second casing connected to a second conduit through which extends at least a second cable for supplying electrical power to the second set of turns, and wherein the first inductor is not disposed within said second casing.
According to this embodiment, the second inductor may for example be disposed in a casing made of plastics material, which may be separate from, and separately movable with respect to, a unit such as a housing or cabinet accommodating the electric storage device, the first and second switching devices and at least a portion of each of the first and second branches of the connecting circuitry. The casing which houses the second inductor can be connected to the cabinet by the conduit accommodating the cable for supplying electrical power to the second inductor. An arrangement in which the second inductor and the casing which houses the second inductor is connected to other components of the apparatus by means of a conduit such that the second inductor can be moved relative to such other components can advantageously be used to bring the second inductor in proximity with body tissue without moving these other components (e.g. a cabinet which houses these other components and which may be much larger and heavier than the second inductor and the casing accommodating the second inductor).
Alternatively the first and second inductors could be accommodated in the same housing.
In one embodiment, the first inductor is wound on a first core and the second inductor is wound on a second core different from the first core. The first inductor and the second inductor are therefore substantially not magnetically coupled, at least not via a core that is common to both inductors.
In one embodiment, the first inductor and the second inductor are moveable independently from each other, in particular while still connected to the rest of the apparatus, and in particular while being energized or in use. Nevertheless, the connection to the rest of the apparatus will of course impose a restriction in terms of the area or radius around the remainder of the apparatus within which the first and second inductors can be moved. In one embodiment, a first inductance of the first inductor and/or a second inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable. This enables the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit(s) to be varied in a discrete or substantially continuous manner.
In one embodiment, the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit. The charging circuit may form part of the apparatus, or may be provided as a separate device for connection to the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect. The charging circuit may in particular comprise a voltage source and a switch to selectively connect the voltage source to the capacitor.
In a fifteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor in the first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field; and switching the second switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the second branch and the second inductor in the second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field.
Embodiments described in connection with the fourteenth aspect similarly apply to the fifteenth aspect, and vice versa.
In one embodiment, the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
Whilst the apparatus according to this embodiment is operated such that at least one (full) pulse is performed, each branch and each of the first and second inductors is used to perform only one half pulse. In one embodiment, switching the second switching device comprises switching the second switching device after a delay after an end of the first half pulse. The delay may in particular be variable or selectable, in particular by a user. The two half pulses can therefore be performed substantially independently from one another. The delay may, for example, be set by a user via a user interface, for example a dial or touchscreen of the apparatus. The apparatus may include analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller in order to control the second switching device in accordance with the selected delay.
In one embodiment, the first half pulse has a first duration, wherein the delay is longer than the first duration. According to this embodiment, the second half pulse therefore does not take place immediately after the end of, or very shortly after, the first half pulse. Alternatively, the delay may be chosen to be shorter than the first duration.
In one embodiment, the method comprises bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the first magnetic field is present in said body tissue. This may in particular be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises varying the first magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue. As the magnetic field in the body tissue varies with the current through the first inductor, the voltage is generated (or the movement of charges is caused) in the body tissue through the magnetic field.
In one embodiment, the generated voltage (or the movement of charges) in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in the body tissue, wherein preferably the generated voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
A variety of effects can be achieved in a targeted manner using the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect or the method of the fifteenth aspect. In particular, if only the first inductor is brought into proximity with the body tissue (and the second inductor is not brought into proximity with body tissue), the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue will be oriented in one direction only. If the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, with a repeated application of pulses, this will result in an accumulation of this effect. In one embodiment, the method further comprises bringing the second inductor into proximity with the body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the second inductor, so that the second magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
In this context, the second inductor may be brought into proximity with the same body portion as the first inductor, or alternatively a different body portion. Further, the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue caused by the second inductor may be oriented in the same direction as the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue caused by the first inductor, or in a different direction, in particular in the opposite direction. If the voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue respectively caused by the first and second inductors is oriented in the opposite direction, this is expected to reduce the net charge displacement (when considering the effects of the first and second inductors together). If oriented in the same direction, this is expected to increase the net charge displacement (when considering the effects of the first and second inductors together).
In one example, a body part such as a finger, hand, arm etc. can be placed between the two inductors, and depending on the orientation of the inductors to one another, the voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue respectively caused by the first and second inductors may be oriented in the same direction or the opposite direction or in directions which are neither the same nor opposite.
In a sixteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with a first inductor and a second inductor, the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second terminal for connection to the second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second terminals, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch leading to the first terminal and a second branch leading to the second terminal; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said first terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said first terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device; and a second switching device, wherein the second switching device forms part of the second branch, wherein the second switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the second inductor via said second terminal when the second inductor is connected to the apparatus via said second terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow.
The apparatus of the sixteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the fourteenth aspect. However, in contrast to the fourteenth aspect, the first and second inductors mentioned in connection with the sixteenth aspect do not form part of the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect has first and second terminals (such as electric sockets or similar) for connection to the first and second inductors, respectively. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the sixteenth aspect and used as the first and second inductors.
In a seventeenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and wherein the charging circuit comprises a first voltage source and wherein at least one of the following applies: a) the charging circuit comprises a second voltage source, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the second voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity b) the charging circuit comprises a switching arrangement, in particular a switching arrangement comprising a H-bridge, wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a first manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity, and wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a second manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity c) the charging circuit comprises a supplementary capacitor, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the supplementary capacitor is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
In certain embodiments, the apparatus according to the seventeenth aspect can be constructed in a similar way to the circuit described in connection with Fig. 1 . However, the provision of the charging circuit and constructing the charging circuit in such a way that it can charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity and the second polarity opposite the first polarity constitutes a significant difference, not only in terms of the construction of the apparatus but also in terms of the operation of the apparatus, as will be explained below.
The explanations provided above in connection with the first, fifth, eighth, eleventh and fourteenth aspects also apply in an analogous manner with respect to the seventeenth aspect, in particular regarding:
- the at least one capacitor (or the capacitor arrangement comprising the at least one capacitor) of the seventeenth aspect, which is a form of electric storage device (first, fifth and fourteenth aspect), together with the inductor and the connecting circuitry, being able to be regarded as (similar to) a resonant circuit (or LC circuit) - the frequency )0 of the resonant circuit being determined (approximately) by the values of the (applicable) inductance L and the capacitance C of the circuit, according to )0 = - = whereby the /LC applicable inductance includes, in particular, the inductance of the inductor (and any further inductors, if provided)
- the types of inductors for use as the inductor
- the types of switching devices and ways of operating these
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect"
- the types of components that can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of an assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch.
Common to all three options a), b) and c) of the apparatus according to the seventeenth aspect is at least the fact that the charging circuit can charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity and the second polarity opposite the first polarity, whereby the options a), b) and c) offer three different implementations for this. However, embodiments are also possible in which at least two of these three options can be used in combination, in particular option c) in combination with either option a) or b), as will be explained below.
In the case of option b), the first voltage source and a switching arrangement can be provided as separate units. However, option b) is intended to be understood to also encompass an implementation in which a voltage source with reversible polarity is used as the first voltage source, in particular a voltage source with integrated switching arrangement, for example a voltage source with (integrated) H-bridge.
In one embodiment, the apparatus is arranged to be operated in a pulsed manner resulting in at least one current pulse in the inductor having a first half pulse and a second half pulse, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity before, or at the beginning of, the first half pulse, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse.
Whilst the energy stored in the magnetic field is transferred back to the at least one capacitor during the second half of the first half pulse (i.e. the second quarter pulse), thereby charging the capacitor with the second polarity, the inventor has appreciated that some energy losses tend to occur in the apparatus so that energy stored in the at least one capacitor just before the start of the first half pulse is not completely transferred into the magnetic field during the first quarter pulse and that the energy stored the magnetic field is not completely transferred back into the at least one capacitor during the second quarter pulse. In other words, without any recharging of the capacitor by the charging circuit before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse, the energy stored in the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the second half pulse would be less than the energy stored in the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the first half pulse. The present embodiment enables this loss of energy to be compensated, at least in part, or even completely.
In one embodiment, the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage, wherein the absolute values of the first and second voltages differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1%. In this way, the voltage at the at least one capacitor at the beginning of the second half pulse can be substantially the same as at the beginning of the first half pulse - except that the polarity will be opposite.
In one embodiment, when the inductor is brought into proximity with the body tissue, or when the body tissue is brought into proximity with the second inductor, a first magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the first half pulse resulting in a first displacement of charges in the body tissue, and a second magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the second half pulse resulting in a second displacement of charges in the body tissue, the first displacement of charges and the second displacement of charges being oriented in substantially opposite directions, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage, wherein the absolute values of the first and second voltages are such that the absolute values of the first displacement of charges and of the second displacement of charges differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1 %, in particular wherein a net charge displacement in the body tissue resulting from the first and second half pulses is substantially zero.
Ensuring that the net charge displacement in the body tissue is kept low, in particular (substantially) zero, may have beneficial effects on the body tissue (or the person or animal subjected to the treatment) when compared with a treatment as a result of which the net charge displacement in the body tissue is not kept low.
Ensuring that the net charge displacement in the body tissue is kept low, in particular (substantially) zero, is sometimes, but not necessarily, equivalent to charging the at least one capacitor to the same voltage at the beginning of the first half pulse and at the beginning of the second half pulse. In particular, a number of parameters influence the duration, magnitude and/or shape of the first and second half pulses. Such parameters include electrical properties of the first and second branch. The present invention enables such parameters to be taken into account when charging the at least one capacitor before, or at the beginning of, the first and second half pulses, in particular in order to keep the net charge displacement in the body tissue low, in particular (substantially) zero.
In the context of this embodiment, it is to be noted that the displacement of charges in the body tissue would usually not take the form of a (substantially) linear displacement but would typically be (substantially) in the form of a ring (or would typically take place within an approximately ringlike, in particular doughnut-shaped, volume), and would in particular follow approximately circular paths. The meaning of the expression "the first displacement of charges and the second displacement of charges being oriented in substantially opposite directions" is therefore intended to encompass a case where the direction of such a ring-like or doughnut-shaped current would reverse when comparing the first half pulse with the second half pulse.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller or analog circuitry arranged to control the charging of the at least one capacitor selectively with the first and second polarities. The at least one controller may in particular comprise a microcontroller. In particular, the at least one controller may not only control the charging of the at least one capacitor, but may also control the first switching device, in particular to cause the first switching device to change from a non-conductive state to a conductive state and/or vice versa. The at least one controller may also control the charging of the at least one capacitor or the controlling of the first switching device, in particular to ensure that the charging of the at least one capacitor takes place at suitable times in dependence upon the timing of the change of the first switching device from the non- conductive state to the conductive state and/or vice versa.
In one embodiment, the electric component or assembly of electric components comprises a second switching device for electrically connecting the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in a selective manner, in particular under the control of the at least one controller or the analog circuitry, or wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is arranged to conduct electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein the forward direction corresponds to the second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor.
According to the first of these options, the second switching device may comprise components which have been described in connection with the first switching device, whereby, in a particular embodiment, the first and second switching devices do not need to be of the same type. According to the second of these options, various components can be used as the electric (or electronic) component or as part of the assembly of electric (or electronic) components in the second branch. This includes diodes, in particular those with a p-n junction or a metal-semiconductor junction (Schottky contact). More generally, it includes components which have a similar functionality as a diode, including rectifiers such as electrolytic rectifiers, mercury-arc rectifiers, plate rectifiers (metal rectifiers, in particular selenium rectifiers) and vacuum tube rectifiers (vacuum tube diodes). These components can be regarded as passive rectifiers, i.e. rectifiers which do not require any additional circuitry to influence the behavior of the rectifier. In any event, according to both options, analog circuitry can be used instead of, or in addition to, a controller in order to control the first switching device (and/or, if provided, the second switching device) and/or the charging of the at least one capacitor.
In an eighteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising, in particular in the stated order: providing an apparatus according to the seventeenth aspect; charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
Embodiments described in connection with the seventeenth aspect similarly apply to the eighteenth aspect, and vice versa.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises operating the apparatus in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse.
In one embodiment, enabling the electrical current to flow between the at least one capacitor and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components comprises enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch after a delay after an end of the first half pulse. The delay may in particular be variable or selectable, in particular by a user or manufacturer. The two half pulses can therefore be performed substantially independently from one another. The delay may, for example, be set by a user via a user interface, for example a dial or touchscreen of the apparatus. The apparatus may include analog circuitry and/or a microcontroller in order to control the second switching device in accordance with the selected delay. Introducing a delay between the end of the first half pulse and the beginning of the second half pulse may enable the charging circuit to charge the at least one capacitor during this delay.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises controlling one or more, in particular all, of: charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor; charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch using at least one controller or analog circuitry.
In one embodiment, when at least c) applies, the method further comprises charging the supplementary capacitor before an end of the first half pulse, in particular one or both of before the first half pulse and during the first half pulse; and causing the supplementary capacitor to charge the at least one capacitor after the first half pulse.
Using a supplementary capacitor to charge the at least one capacitor may have a particular advantage: it may be desirable to keep the delay between the end of the first half pulse and the beginning of the second half pulse as short as possible whilst also keeping the net charge displacement in the body tissue low - for which purpose it is envisaged, according to certain embodiments of the present disclosure, to charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse, in particular to compensate for energy losses in the circuit. If the at least one capacitor is charged with the second polarity directly from a voltage source, this voltage source may need to have a relatively high output power so as to minimize the time that it takes to charge the at least one capacitor. A supplementary capacitor, on the other hand, may be able to charge the at least one capacitor very quickly. Accordingly, the supplementary capacitor can be charged over a relatively long time period before and/or during the first half pulse, and the at least one capacitor can then be charged during a relatively short time period between the first half pulse and the second half pulse.
In one embodiment, charging the supplementary capacitor comprises charging the supplementary capacitor with a second voltage source, in particular wherein the second voltage source has a smaller output power than the first voltage source.
Since, as explained above, the supplementary capacitor can be charged over a relatively long time period, the second voltage source does not need to have a particularly high output power. Nevertheless, as explained above, the charging of the at least one capacitor with the supplementary capacitor can take place during a relatively short time period.
In a variant, the first voltage source, in combination with a switching arrangement - such as the one described above as option b) - can be used to charge the supplementary capacitor. In this case, a second voltage source is not required.
In a nineteenth aspect, which is an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow; wherein the charging circuit comprises a first voltage source and wherein at least one of the following applies: a) the charging circuit comprises a second voltage source, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the second voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity b) the charging circuit comprises a switching arrangement, in particular a switching arrangement comprising a H-bridge, wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a first manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity, and wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a second manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity c) the charging circuit comprises a supplementary capacitor, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the supplementary capacitor is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
The apparatus of the nineteenth aspect is similar to the apparatus of the seventeenth aspect. However, in contrast to the seventeenth aspect, the inductor mentioned in connection with the nineteenth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect has a terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the nineteenth aspect and used as the inductor of the nineteenth aspect.
In a twentieth aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein a first terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the third connection point and a second terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the fourth connection point; wherein the DC source arrangement is electrically connected between the first connection point and the second connection point; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the conductive state while the second and third switching devices are both in a substantially non-conductive state; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state so that, from a second point in time after the first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein the second and third switching devices are configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a third point in time at or after the second point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the conductive state while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein, between the first and second points in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the first and fourth switching devices and through the inductor in a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein, after the third point in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the second and third switching devices and through the inductor in a second current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor opposite the first current direction of current flow, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field.
At least some of the explanations provided above in connection with the first, fifth, eighth, eleventh, fourteenth and seventeenth aspects also apply in an analogous manner with respect to the twentieth aspect, in particular regarding:
- the types of inductors for use as the inductor
- the types of switching devices and ways of operating these
- the terms "electrical connection" and "electrically connect".
While embodiments of the twentieth aspect cannot be regarded as comprising (a circuit portion similar to) a resonant circuit, it is nevertheless possible, using the first to fourth switching devices of the twentieth aspect, to generate current pulses, and in particular current pulses having opposite polarities, in order to cause the inductor to generate a varying magnetic field, in particular a pulsed magnetic field. Whilst the twentieth aspect defines first to third points in time, it is optionally possible to change the second and third switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state so that, from a fourth point in time after the third point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state. Assuming the first and fourth switching devices are also (still) in the substantially non-conductive state, the apparatus effectively returns to the initial state, i.e. the state before the first point in time.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller, in particular a microcontroller, for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state.
Embodiments are possible in which one controller controls more than one of the switching devices, in particular all switching devices. Alternatively, more than one controller can be provided, each controller controlling a subset of the first switching devices, in particular on a one- to-one basis.
In one embodiment, the at least one controller comprises an interface, such as a dial or touchscreen, via which a user or manufacturer can specify or select any one or more of the first to third (and, where applicable, the fourth) points in time. Such interfaces have been described in connection with other aspects of the disclosure, and reference should be made to those portions of the description.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises analog circuitry for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non- conductive state and the conductive state.
Regardless of whether a controller (such as a microcontroller) or analog circuitry is used to control the first to fourth switching devices, the control can be such that any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices is switched between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state at predetermined or selected points in time. Alternatively, or in addition, parameters prevailing at a particular point within the circuit (such as the current through the inductor) or between particular points within the circuit (such as the voltage between two points within the circuit) can be taken into account by the (micro)controller or analog circuitry, and to this end the (micro)controller or analog circuitry may receive suitable inputs from certain portions of the circuit - effectively a current or voltage measurement, or a measurement of another parameter. The circuit may, for example, comprise a feedback loop in order to provide inputs from certain portions of the circuit to the controller or analog circuitry so that these inputs can influence the behavior of the controller or analog circuitry - or so that the controller or analog circuitry can adapt its behavior on the basis of such inputs/measurements. This may similarly apply to the control of any other switching device disclosed in the present specification.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises at least one further electrical circuit element, wherein the at least one further electrical circuit element is configured to change, or to be changed, from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state (or, more generally, change its conductivity), in particular when a voltage between certain points in the apparatus exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value, in particular when a voltage at any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or at the inductor exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value.
The at least one further electrical circuit element can help to prevent damage or destruction of other elements of the circuit, such as the first to fourth switching elements. Using, as an example, the protection from voltages that would cause damage to, or destroy, a circuit element to be protected, the following regime for the (absolute values of the) voltages involved is preferably adhered to: The circuit design is such that, in normal use, the circuit element to be protected may be subjected to voltages up to U1. The further electrical circuit element is rated to, i.e. is configured to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state, at a voltage U2. The circuit element to be protected suffers (significant) damage, or is destroyed, at or above a voltage U3, wherein: U1 < U2 < U3. Adhering to this regime may ensure that the further electrical circuit element does not already become conductive at voltages encountered in normal operation of the circuit. At the same time, it may ensure that the circuit element to be protected is not damaged or destroyed.
In one embodiment, the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises one or more passive electrical circuit elements, in particular one or more of:
- a spark gap
- a transient-voltage-suppression diode
- a Zener diode
- a Shockley diode or
- a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or
- a thyristor.
If the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises a passive electrical circuit element, it will simply "react" to conditions prevailing within the circuit, for example the voltage applied to terminals of the passive electrical circuit element. If the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises a circuit element which is not normally regarded as a passive electrical circuit element (such as a TRIAC or thyristor), it needs to be actively switched. This switching can again be triggered by conditions prevailing within the circuit, for example a voltage between two particular points within the circuit.
In one embodiment, the at least one further electrical circuit element is connected in parallel to one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or the inductor.
This can help to protect the switching devices and/or the inductor particularly effectively. For example, if the voltage applied to one of the switching devices increases to a level above which it might cause damage to, or destroy, the switching device, the further electrical circuit element will be subjected to substantially the same voltage (assuming there is no significant voltage drop at other circuit elements). The further electrical circuit element then becomes conductive, which may significantly reduce the voltage to which the switching device is subjected.
In one embodiment, the apparatus further comprises one or more further inductors, in particular wherein the one or more further inductors are connected in parallel to said inductor or in series with said inductor.
The one or more further inductors may or may not be intended to generate a magnetic field for application to body tissue. Further, the one or more further inductors may or may not be accommodated within a casing or similar in which the firstmentioned inductor is accommodated. In particular, the one or more further inductors may or may not be movable independently from the firstmentioned inductor.
In one embodiment, the at least one DC source comprises at least one of:
- a battery
- a solar panel or solar module
- a fuel cell.
Several DC sources can be used in combination, either of the same type or of different types. Further, if more than one DC source is used, these can be connected in parallel or in series, depending on the intended application. Ideally, the DC source has a low internal resistance. Further, ideally, the DC source can support a relatively high current.
In a twenty-first aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to the twentieth aspect; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a first point in time while the second and third switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at a second point in time after the first point in time; changing the second and third switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time at or after the second point in time while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state.
Optionally, the method further comprises changing the second and third switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time after the third point in time.
In a twenty-second aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided an apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and a first terminal and a second terminal for connection to an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein the first terminal is electrically connected to the third connection point and the second terminal is electrically connected to the fourth connection point; wherein the DC source arrangement is electrically connected between the first connection point and the second connection point; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the conductive state while the second and third switching devices are both in a substantially non-conductive state; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state so that, from a second point in time after the first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein the second and third switching devices are configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a third point in time at or after the second point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the conductive state while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein, between the first and second points in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the first and fourth switching devices and through the inductor via the first and second terminals when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via the first and second terminals, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first and fourth switching devices represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor; and wherein, after the third point in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the second and third switching devices and through the inductor via the first and second terminals when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via the first and second terminals, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second and third switching devices represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor opposite the first current direction.
The apparatus of the twenty-second aspect is similar to the apparatus of the twentieth aspect. However, in contrast to the twentieth aspect, the inductor mentioned in connection with the twentieth aspect does not form part of the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect. Instead, the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect has a first and a second terminal (such as an electric socket or similar) for connection to the inductor. Accordingly, a number of (different) inductors, for example inductors having different shapes, inductances or other characteristics, can selectively be connected to the apparatus of the twenty-second aspect and used as the inductor.
In any embodiments described herein, the (first) inductor and/or an applicator in which the (first) inductor is accommodated may, for example, be of a generally flat construction so that the (first) inductor and/or applicator may be applied to a body portion substantially from one side. Other shapes or construction types are also possible, for example that of a hollow cylinder or similar, so that the windings of the (first) inductor may surround the body portion, i.e. the (first) inductor or applicator may be applied over the body portion, or the body portion (e.g. arm, leg, torso) may be introduced into, or pass through, the inductor or applicator. Further, the construction of any, some or all of the inductors discussed in the present application, in particular of the (first) inductor, is not limited to any particular design. In particular, any, some or all of the inductors, in particular the (first) inductor, may, for example, be constructed in such a way that each (360°) turn or winding of the respective inductor comprises, or consists of, one solid (and substantially rigid) piece of conductive material (e.g. copper), rather than several strands running in parallel. Alternatively, each (360°) turn or winding of the respective inductor may comprise, or consist of, a small number (such as no more than 2, or no more than 3, or no more than 4, or no more than 5) of solid (and substantially rigid) pieces of conductive material (e.g. copper), insulated from one another. In other embodiments, any, some or all of the inductors, in particular the first inductor, may, for example, be constructed from litz-wire, wherein each wire is insulated separately, and may in particular comprise a litz-wire coil. This may reduce eddy currents in the inductor.
The various embodiments and advantages described above in connection with any one aspect of the present invention or the present disclosure similarly apply to the other aspects of the present disclosure or of the invention. Each feature disclosed and/or illustrated in the present specification may be incorporated in the invention, whether alone or in combination with any other feature disclosed or illustrated herein, unless such combination is explicitly excluded or technically impossible. In particular, (embodiments of) the first to twenty-second aspects can be combined with one another.
In particular, it is possible, pursuant to the present invention, to construct an apparatus with a circuit having the following features (or any subset thereof):
- an additional inductor in the first or second branch, which is in addition to the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, or a circuit in which the total inductance of the first branch differs (significantly) from the total inductance of the second branch, in accordance with the first and/or second aspects
- an additional inductor that has a variable inductance or which is provided with bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the additional inductor, in series with the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, in accordance with the fifth aspect
- a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor with a variable capacitance, in accordance with the eighth aspect
- a switching device in the first branch that can be changed between a conductive state and a substantially non-conductive state at points in time which can be freely chosen, in accordance with the eleventh aspect
- a first branch leading to a first inductor and a second branch leading to a second inductor, in accordance with the fourteenth aspect - a charging circuit in accordance with the seventeenth aspect.
The same applies, mutatis mutandis, to a method in accordance with any one or more of the third, six, ninth, twelfth, fifteenth and eighteenth aspects, likewise to an apparatus in accordance with any one or more of the fourth, seventh, tenth, thirteenth, sixteenth and nineteenth aspects.
Whilst an apparatus in accordance with the twentieth aspects may appear structurally somewhat different from an apparatus in accordance with the first, second, fifth, eighth, eleventh, fourteenth and seventeenth aspects, it is nevertheless possible to construct an apparatus having features in accordance with the twentieth aspect and also in accordance with at least some of the other aspects disclosed herein. To name but two examples, it would be possible to provide the apparatus in accordance with the twentieth aspect and to provide this with:
- one or more additional inductors in series with any one or more of the switching devices (first aspect), or
- one or more additional inductors in series with the (first) inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue (fifth aspect).
As mentioned, embodiments disclosed herein may be used for therapeutic purposes, but can also be used for non-therapeutic purposes. Such non-therapeutic purposes include, without limitation, influencing/altering the appearance of a human or animal body, in particular for cosmetic purposes; testing the apparatus on a human or animal body; testing the apparatus without a human or animal body being present.
Some embodiments of the invention will now be described by way of example only and with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
Fig. 1 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a device for generating an alternating magnetic field known to the inventor (and not admitted as prior art).
Fig. 2 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 3 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 4 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 5 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 6 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. Fig. 7 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 8 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 9 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 10 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 11 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 12 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 13 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 14 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 15 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 16 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 17 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 18 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 20 shows a diagram in which the current through the (first) inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 21 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 22 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 23 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 24 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 25 shows a diagram in which the current through the (first) inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. Fig. 26 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 27 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 28 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 29 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 30 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor and the second inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 31 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 32 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 33 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 34 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 35 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a charging circuit of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 36 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 37 shows a diagram in which the current through the inductor and the voltage at the capacitor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 38 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 39 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 40 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 41 shows a diagram in which the current through the inductor is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 42 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure.
Fig. 2 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 is similar to that shown in Fig. 1. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 1 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 and will not be repeated here. Elements shown in Fig. 2 corresponding to elements shown in Fig. 1 carry the same reference signs reduced by 100. However, it should be noted that various modifications are possible. For example, while in many embodiments the source of electrical energy 7 (e.g. a voltage source 7) may be mains powered, it can alternatively be non-mains powered and may, for example, comprise a battery or a battery arrangement comprising one or more batteries. Switching device 3 is shown as a thyristor, but other switching devices can be used, as has been explained above. Electric component 4 in the second branch 6 is shown as a diode, but other electric components or an assembly of electric components, in particular electronic components or an assembly of electronic components, can be used, as has been explained above. However, in the interest of a compact explanation, the description of the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 2 will proceed using the same terminology as has been used in connection with Fig. 1.
Further, a charging circuit comprising a source of electrical energy 7 and a switching device 8 is shown for better understanding, although the disclosure includes embodiments without such a charging circuit (but which can be used together with such a charging circuit, in particular which can be electrically connected to such a charging circuit).
The second branch 6 shown in Fig. 2 includes a second inductor 9 connected in series with diode 4. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 through the second branch 6 will also flow through the second inductor 9. Considering the current flow through the first inductor 2 and the second branch 6 and the capacitor 1 , the second inductor 9 is effectively connected in series with the first inductor 2. No such additional inductor forms part of the first branch 5, and therefore the inductance of the second branch 6 is higher than the inductance of the first branch 5, in particular significantly higher. Therefore, when considering the capacitor 1 , the first inductor 2 and either the first branch 5 or the second branch 6 as a resonant circuit, it can be seen that the frequency of the resonant circuit including the second branch 6 is (significantly) lower than the frequency of the resonant circuit including the first branch 5.
Fig. 3 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 3 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 2 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 3. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 3 additionally shows circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor 9. This bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the second inductor 9 and includes a further switching device 10 to enable the bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the second inductor 9. When the further switching device 10 is closed (or conductive), any electrical current flowing through the second branch 6 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the second inductor 9. In this way, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be changed between a maximum value (further switching device 10 open) and a minimum value (further switching device 10 closed). When the further switching device 10 is closed, the inductance of the second branch 6 may be similar to the inductance of the first branch 5.
Fig. 4 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 4 is similar to that shown in Fig. 3, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 3 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 4. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 4 additionally shows a further inductor 11 forming part of the second branch 6 and connected in series with the second inductor 9 (and the diode 4). The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 4 additionally includes further circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the further inductor 11. This further bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the further inductor 11 and includes a further switching device 12 to enable the further bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the further inductor 11 . When the further switching device 12 is closed (or conductive), any electrical current flowing through the second branch 6 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the further bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the further inductor 11. In this way, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be varied.
Using the two further switching devices 10 and 12, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be changed between a maximum value (both further switching devices 10 and 12 open or non-conductive) and a minimum value (both further switching devices 10 and 12 closed or conductive). When both further switching devices 10 and 12 are closed, the inductance of the second branch 6 may be similar to the inductance of the first branch 5. When only one of the further switching devices 10 and 12 is closed and the other is open, only one of the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 will be bypassed, and accordingly the total inductance of the second branch 6 will be at an intermediate value between the minimum value and the maximum value.
According to a variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 4, the bypass circuitry associated with either the second inductor 9 or the further inductor 11 can be omitted. The respective inductor will therefore be permanently connected in series with the diode 4, whereas the other of the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 (the bypass circuitry of which is not omitted) can selectively be bypassed using its associated bypass circuitry. According to a further variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 4, yet further inductors can be added to the second branch 6 in series with the diode 4, the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11 . Each of these yet further inductors may or may not have their associated bypass circuitry similar to the bypass circuitry associated with the second inductor 9 and the further inductor 11.
According to a variant of any of the embodiments described with reference to Figs. 2, 3 and 4 (or any of the variants already explained above), any one or more of the second inductor 9, the further inductor 11 and the yet further inductors (if provided) may comprise inductors with a variable inductance. Details of inductors with a variable inductance have already been explained above.
In a further development of this variant, only one of the inductors in the second branch 6 is of variable inductance, for example the second inductor 9. Nevertheless, by suitable choice of the (maximum) inductance of the second inductor 9 and of the inductance of the further inductors in the second branch 6, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjustable over a relatively wide range, in particular in small steps or (substantially) continuously. In this further development, each of the further inductors is provided with associated bypass circuitry. The second inductor 9 of variable inductance may or may not be provided with associated bypass circuitry. If the inductances of the second inductor (L2) and of the further inductors (L3, L4, L5, L6 etc.) are chosen according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc., the lowest value of total inductance of the second branch 6 can be achieved if the third inductor (of inductance L3) and any further inductors (of inductance L4, L5, L6 etc.) are bypassed and the variable inductance (L2) of the second inductor 9 is adjusted to a minimum value L2min. By adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 9 over its adjustable range to a maximum value L2max, the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted from L2min to L2max. If (only) the third inductor is not bypassed (and the fourth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted from L3 + L2min to L3 + L2max by adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 9 over its adjustable range. If (only) the fourth inductor is not bypassed (and the third, fifth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted from L4 + L2min to L4 + L2max. The next adjustable range of the total inductance can be achieved by not bypassing the third and fourth inductor and bypassing the fifth and any further inductors, and so on. If the relative inductances of the second inductor and of the further inductors are chosen according to the above ratio, and further assuming that the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 9 can be adjusted down to substantially zero (L2min = 0), the total inductance of the second branch 6 can be adjusted (in discrete steps or substantially continuously) from substantially 0 to a maximum total inductance corresponding to the sum of all inductances of the inductors forming part of the second branch 6, i.e. L2max + L3 + L4 + L5 etc. According to a further variant, which can be based on any of the above embodiments or variants, the second and/or any further inductors (together with any associated bypass circuitry) are included in the first branch 5, rather than the second branch 6.
Fig. 5 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 3. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 3 is not shown in Fig. 5. Instead, Fig. 5 shows the capacitor 1 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor 1. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 3, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16.
Cabinet 16 is provided with two further terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is connected to the first branch 5 and second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 5, terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
Fig. 5 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents. The first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14. Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 5, the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16.
As a variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 5, the first inductor 2 could be connected to a ground potential via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16. In this case, the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
In further variants, features of the embodiment shown in Fig. 5 can be combined with the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 and 4 or any variants described herein. Further, in any of the above embodiments or variants, any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit. For example, in Fig. 2, the three connections to ground (triangles towards the bottom of the figure) could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Fig. 2 lower side of) capacitor 1 , first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected. In any of the above embodiments or variants, the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor 1. The polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed. Further, as has already been mentioned, the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present disclosure are not "ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which inductors having inductances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic inductances into account, for example.
Fig. 6 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. After the start 90 of the method, any one of the apparatuses described above is provided (91). Electrical energy is then (92) stored in the electric storage device, in particular the capacitor 1. Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (93) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the first inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the electric storage device 1 , thereby causing the first inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave. At the end of the first half pulse or half wave, electrical current is then enabled (94) to flow between the electric storage device 1 and the first inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via the electric component or assembly of electric components 4. This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave. Assuming the second and any further inductors 9, 11 are not bypassed or short-circuited, electrical current will also flow through the second and any further inductors 9, 11 during this second half pulse or half wave. At the end of the second half pulse or half wave, the method may end (95). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (93) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (92) in the electric storage device 1. In particular, the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
Fig. 7 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. A circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 7 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 2, except that the second inductor 9 would be located in the first branch 5 (in series with the switching device 3), rather than the second branch 6. The first half pulse shown in Fig. 7 exhibits a slower rise and fall of the current through the first inductor 2 than the second half pulse. This is due to the higher total inductance during the first half pulse (total inductance = inductance of first inductor 2 + inductance of second inductor 9) when compared with the total inductance during the second half pulse (total inductance = inductance of first inductor 2).
Fig. 8 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 8 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 8 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 8 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 8 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 300.
In contrast to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, the second branch 6 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5. Instead, the circuit shown in Fig. 8 includes a second inductor 309 connected in series with the first inductor 2. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 will also flow through the second inductor 309, regardless of whether the current flows through the first branch 5 or the second branch 6. In other words, the second inductor 309 is not only connected in series with the first inductor 2 but also with each of the switching device 3 and the diode 4 (or, more precisely, in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4). One could also say that the second inductor 309 forms part of both the first branch 5 and the second branch 6.
The total inductance of the (resonant) circuit between (and including) the capacitor 1 and the first inductor 2 corresponds to the sum of the inductances of the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 309 (as well as any other inductance, including parasitic inductances, that may be present in the circuit and which are not shown in Fig. 8). Accordingly, the frequency of this (resonant) circuit is different from the frequency of the (resonant) circuit shown in Fig. 1 , i.e. if the second inductor 309 was not present. The frequency of the (resonant) circuit shown in Fig. 8 can therefore be influenced by selecting different values of inductance for the second inductor 309.
Fig. 9 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 9 is similar to that shown in Fig. 8, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 8 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 9. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 9 additionally shows circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor 309. This bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the second inductor 309 and includes a further switching device 310 to enable the bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the second inductor 309. When the further switching device 310 is closed (or conductive), any electrical current flowing through the first inductor 2 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the second inductor 309. In this way, the total inductance of the (resonant) circuit between (and including) the capacitor 1 and the first inductor 2 can be changed between a maximum value (further switching device 310 open) and a minimum value (further switching device 310 closed). When the further switching device 310 is closed, the inductance of the (resonant) circuit may be similar to that of the corresponding circuit portion of Fig. 1 (i.e. as if the second inductor 309 was not present.
Fig. 10 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 10 is similar to that shown in Fig. 9, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 9 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 10. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 10 additionally shows a further inductor 311 connected in series with the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 309. Electrical current flowing between the first inductor 2 and the capacitor 1 will also flow through the further inductor 311 , regardless of whether the current flows through the first branch 5 or the second branch 6. In other words, the further inductor 311 is not only connected in series with the first and second inductors 2, 309 but also with each of the switching device 3 and the diode 4 (or, more precisely, in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4). The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 10 additionally includes further circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the further inductor 311. This further bypass circuitry is connected to the two terminals of the further inductor 311 and includes a further switching device 312 to enable the further bypass circuitry to selectively bypass the further inductor 311. When the further switching device 312 is closed (or conductive), any electrical current flowing through the first inductor 2 will predominantly or (almost) exclusively flow through the further bypass circuitry, thereby substantially preventing current from flowing through the further inductor 311. In this way, the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be varied.
Using the two further switching devices 310 and 312, the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be changed between a maximum value (both further switching devices 310 and 312 open or non-conductive) and a minimum value (both further switching devices 310 and 312 closed or conductive). When both further switching devices 310 and 312 are closed, the total inductance of the resonant circuit may be similar to that of the corresponding circuit portion of Fig. 1 (i.e. as if the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311 was not present. When only one of the further switching devices 310 and 312 is closed and the other is open, only one of the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311 will be bypassed, and accordingly the total inductance of the resonant circuit will be at an intermediate value between the minimum value and the maximum value. According to a variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 10, the bypass circuitry associated with either the second inductor 309 or the further inductor 311 can be omitted. The respective inductor will therefore be permanently connected in series with the first inductor 2, whereas the other of the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311 (the bypass circuitry of which is not omitted) can selectively be bypassed using its associated bypass circuitry.
According to a further variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 10, yet further inductors can be added in series with the first and second inductors 2, 309 and the further inductor 311 (and in series with the parallel connection that comprises the switching device 3 and the diode 4). Each of these yet further inductors may or may not have their associated bypass circuitry similar to the bypass circuitry associated with the second inductor 309 and the further inductor 311.
According to a variant of any of the embodiments described with reference to Figs. 8, 9 and 10 (or any of the variants already explained above), any one or more of the second inductor 309, the further inductor 311 and the yet further inductors (if provided) may comprise inductors with a variable inductance. Details of inductors with a variable inductance have already been explained above.
In a further development of this variant, only one of the inductors (the second inductor 309, the further inductor 311 or the yet further inductors, if provided) is of variable inductance, for example the second inductor 309. Nevertheless, by suitable choice of the (maximum) inductance of the second inductor 309 and of the inductance of the further inductor 311 and, if provided, the yet further inductors, the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjustable over a relatively wide range, in particular in small steps or (substantially) continuously. In this further development, each of the (yet) further inductors is provided with associated bypass circuitry. The second inductor 309 of variable inductance may or may not be provided with associated bypass circuitry. If the inductances of the second inductor (L2) and of the further inductors (L3, L4, L5, L6 etc.) are chosen according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc., the lowest value of total inductance of the resonant circuit can be achieved if the third inductor (of inductance L3) and any further inductors (of inductance L4, L5, L6 etc.) are bypassed and the variable inductance (L2) of the second inductor 309 is adjusted to a minimum value L2min. Then, by adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 309 over its adjustable range to a maximum value L2max, the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L2min to L1 + L2max (with L1 being the inductance of the first inductor 2). If (only) the third inductor is not bypassed (and the fourth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L3 + L2min to L1 + L3 + L2max by adjusting the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 309 over its adjustable range. If (only) the fourth inductor is not bypassed (and the third, fifth and any further inductors are bypassed), the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted from L1 + L4 + L2min to L1 + L4 + L2max. The next adjustable range of the total inductance can be achieved by not bypassing the third and fourth inductor and bypassing the fifth and any further inductors, and so on. If the relative inductances of the second inductor 309 and of the further inductors are chosen according to the above ratio, and further assuming that the variable inductance L2 of the second inductor 309 can be adjusted down to substantially zero (L2min = 0), the total inductance of the resonant circuit can be adjusted (in discrete steps or substantially continuously) from substantially L1 to a maximum total inductance corresponding to the sum of all inductances of the resonant circuit, i.e. L1 + L2max + L3 + L4 + L5 etc.
According to a further variant, which can be based on any of the embodiments explained with reference to Figs. 8 to 10 or their variants, further inductors (together with any associated bypass circuitry, if applicable) may additionally be included in the first branch 5 or the second branch 6, as explained with reference to Figs. 2 to 4 or their variants.
Fig. 11 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 9. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 9 is not shown in Fig. 11. Instead, Fig. 11 shows the capacitor 1 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor 1. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 9, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16.
Cabinet 16 is provided with two further terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is connected to the second inductor 309 (and its associated bypass circuitry) and, therethrough, also to first branch 5 and second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 11 , terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
Fig. 11 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents. The first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14. Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 11 , the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16. As a variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 11 , the first inductor 2 could be connected to a ground potential via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16. In this case, the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
In further variants, features of the embodiment shown in Fig. 11 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 8 and 10 or any variants described herein. Further, in any of the above embodiments or variants, any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit. For example, in Fig. 8, the three connections to ground (triangles towards the bottom of the figure) could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Fig. 8 lower side of) capacitor 1 , first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected.
In any of the above embodiments or variants, the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor 1. The polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed. Further, as has already been mentioned, the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present invention are not "ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which inductors having inductances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic inductances into account, for example.
In further variants of the embodiments shown in Figs. 8 to 11 or their variants described above, the position (in the electrical sense) of the second inductor 309 (along with any associated bypass circuitry 310) and of the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6 can be reversed so that the second inductor 309 is connected between capacitor 1 and the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6. This may also apply to any further inductors. What matters, according to such variants, is that the capacitor 1 , the parallel connection comprising the first branch 5 and the second branch 6, the first inductor 2, the second inductor 309 and any further inductors (such as inductor 311) are connected in series.
Fig. 12 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. After the start 390 of the method, any one of the apparatuses described above with reference to Figs. 8 to 11 or their variants is provided (391). Electrical energy is then (392) stored in the electric storage device, in particular the capacitor 1 . Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (393) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the second inductor 309 (if not bypassed), through the first inductor 2 and, if applicable, through any further inductors such as further inductor 311 (if not bypassed), caused by the electrical energy stored by the electric storage device 1 , thereby causing the first inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave. At the end of the first half pulse or half wave, electrical current is then enabled (394) to flow between the electric storage device 1 and the first inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via the electric component or assembly of electric components 4 (as well as via the second and any further inductors 309, 311 , if not bypassed). This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave. At the end of the second half pulse or half wave, the method may end (395). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (393) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (392) in the electric storage device 1 . In particular, the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
Fig. 13 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. A circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 13 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 9, whereby the further switching device 310 is initially open, i.e. during the first half pulse (so that current flowing through the first inductor 2 will also flow through the second inductor 309). At the end of the first half pulse, the further switching device 310 is closed so as to short-circuit or bypass the second inductor 309. The first half pulse shown in Fig. 13 exhibits a slower rise and fall of the current through the first inductor 2 than the second half pulse. This is due to the higher total inductance during the first half pulse (total inductance = inductance of first inductor 2 + inductance of second inductor 309) when compared with the total inductance during the second half pulse (total inductance = inductance of first inductor 2).
Fig. 14 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 14 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 14 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 14 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 14 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 400.
In contrast to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, the second branch 6 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5. Instead, the circuit shown in Fig. 14 includes a capacitor 401 of variable capacitance - at the same position within the circuit where Fig. 2 has a capacitor 1 (which capacitor 1 , in Fig. 2, is not specified as having a variable capacitance).
Capacitor 401 can in principle be any type of capacitor with a variable capacitance (or in short: a variable capacitor). The symbol used in Fig. 14 for capacitor 401 may typically be used for one particular type of variable capacitor only, but it is to be understood that this symbol is intended to represent any type of variable capacitor, including mechanically controlled variable capacitors and electrically controlled variable capacitors.
Whilst capacitor 401 is a single capacitor, it can nevertheless be regarded as a capacitor arrangement 420. Further examples of capacitor arrangements comprising several capacitors will be explained with reference to Figs. 15 to 18.
When the capacitance of capacitor 401 of Fig. 14 is varied, this varies the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which capacitor 401 forms a part, i.e. the resonant circuit comprising capacitor 401 , (first) inductor 2 and connecting circuitry (branches 5 and/or 6) connecting these. Accordingly, if the circuit of Fig. 14 is operated in a pulsed manner, the pulse duration is varied as well.
Fig. 15 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 15 is similar to that shown in Fig. 14, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 14 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 15. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 15 additionally shows a further capacitor 421 connected in parallel to capacitor 401. Accordingly, the capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 15 comprises the capacitors 401 and 421. The (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 15 corresponds (or is similar) to the sum of the (individual) capacitances of capacitors 401 and 421.
Capacitor 421 is shown as a variable capacitor, and the comments above regarding the symbol used for capacitor 401 also apply to capacitor 421. However, the further capacitor 421 does not necessarily need to have a variable capacitance - it could also have a fixed capacitance.
Varying the capacitance of capacitor 401 and/or capacitor 421 will vary the total capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 and hence the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor arrangement 420 forms a part. In variants of the embodiment shown in Fig. 15, further capacitors, in particular capacitors of variable capacitance, can additionally be provided and connected in parallel to capacitor 401.
Fig. 16 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 16 is similar to that shown in Fig. 15, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 15 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 16. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 16 additionally shows a further switch or switching device 422 connected in series with the further capacitor 421. The further switching device 422 selectively establishes or interrupts an electrical connection between further capacitor 421 and capacitor 401. When the further switching device 422 is closed (or conductive), the further capacitor 421 is connected in parallel to capacitor 401 and the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 16 corresponds (or is similar) to the sum of the (individual) capacitances of capacitors 401 and 421. When the further switching device 422 is open (or non-conductive), the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 16 corresponds (or is similar) to the (individual) capacitance of capacitor 401 - as if the further capacitor 421 was not present. In this way, by opening or closing the further switching device 422 (or selectively causing it to be non-conductive or conductive), the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor arrangement 420 forms a part can be varied.
In this embodiment, the further capacitor 421 may have a fixed capacitance (as shown) or may alternatively have a variable capacitance. Further, in a variant, the position of the further capacitor and the further switching device 422 within the circuit is swapped so that the further switching device 422 is placed between the further capacitor 421 and ground. Electrically, this makes no significant difference and therefore this variant will be considered to be equivalent to the embodiment shown in Fig. 16.
In the embodiment of Fig. 16, if the (maximum) capacitance of capacitor 401 and the (maximum) capacitance of the further capacitor 421 are chosen to be the same, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied over a range from the minimum capacitance of capacitor 401 up to the sum of the (maximum) capacitances of capacitors 401 and 421. For example, if capacitor 401 can be adjusted between 0 pF and 100 pF and capacitor 421 has a (fixed) capacitance of 100 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied between 0 pF and 100 pF when switching device 422 is open (or non-conductive) and between 100 pF and 200 pF when switching device 422 is closed (or conductive). If capacitor 401 is continuously variable between 0 pF and 100 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 of this example can be varied continuously between 0 pF and 200 pF. In another example, if capacitor 401 can be adjusted between 0 pF and 100 pF and capacitor 421 has a (fixed) capacitance of 300 pF, then the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied between 0 pF and 100 pF when switching device 422 is open (or non-conductive) and between 300 pF and 400 pF when switching device 422 is closed (or conductive).
Fig. 17 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment shown in Fig. 17 is similar to that shown in Fig. 16, and the same explanations provided in connection with Fig. 16 also apply to the embodiment shown in Fig. 17. Like components carry like reference signs. Fig. 17 additionally shows a (yet) further capacitor 423 connected in parallel to capacitor 401 (and in parallel to further capacitor 421). Accordingly, the capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 comprises the capacitors 401 , 421 and 423. Fig. 17 also shows a (yet) further switch or switching device 424 connected in series with the further capacitor 423. The further switching device 424 selectively establishes or interrupts an electrical connection between further capacitor 423 and capacitor 401 (and further capacitor 421). When the further switching devices 422 and 424 are closed (or conductive), the further capacitors 421 and 423 are connected in parallel to capacitor 401 and the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 corresponds (or is similar) to the sum of the (individual) capacitances of capacitors 401 , 421 and 423. When the further switching devices 422 and 424 are open (or non-conductive), the (total) capacitance of capacitor arrangement 420 of Fig. 17 corresponds (or is similar) to the (individual) capacitance of capacitor 401 - as if the further capacitors 421 and 423 were not present. The same applies, mutatis mutandis, if only one of the switching devices 422 and 424 is closed (or conductive) and the other is open (or non-conductive). In this way, by selectively opening or closing the further switching devices 422 and/or 424 (or selectively causing them to be non-conductive or conductive), the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor arrangement 420 forms a part can be varied.
According to further variants, the capacitor arrangement 420 may be expanded by adding yet further capacitors and connecting these in parallel to capacitor 401 . These yet further capacitors may have a variable capacitance or a fixed capacitance. In addition, yet further switching devices may be connected in series with yet further capacitors, similar to what is shown in Fig. 17.
In a further development of this variant, only one of the capacitors (the capacitor 401) is of variable capacitance - similar to what is shown in Fig. 17, but with yet further capacitors (and their associated yet further switching devices) connected in parallel to capacitor 401. Nevertheless, by suitable choice of the (maximum) capacitance of the capacitor 401 and of the capacitances of the further capacitors 421 and 423 and the yet further capacitors, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement and hence the total capacitance of the resonant circuit (and therefore also the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit) can be adjustable over a relatively wide range, in particular in small steps or (substantially) continuously. If the (maximum) capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 and the capacitances C2, C3 of the further capacitors 421 and 423 and of the yet further capacitors (Cm, where m = 4, 5, 6...) are chosen according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc., the lowest value of total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be achieved if all of the further switching devices 422, 424 and yet further switching devices are open or non- conductive and the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 is adjusted to a minimum value C1min. Then, by adjusting the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 over its adjustable range to a maximum value C1 max, the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be adjusted from C1min to C1max. If (only) the further switching device 422 is closed or conductive (and all other (yet) further switching devices 424 etc. are open or non-conductive), the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be adjusted from C2 + C1min to C2 + C1max by adjusting the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 over its adjustable range. The next adjustable range of the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be achieved by further switching device 424 being closed or conductive and switching device 422 and all other yet further switching devices being open or non-conductive, and so on. If the relative capacitances are chosen according to the above ratio, and further assuming that the variable capacitance C1 of the capacitor 401 can be adjusted down to substantially zero (C1min = 0 pF), the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be adjusted (in discrete steps or substantially continuously) from substantially 0 pF to a maximum total capacitance corresponding to the sum of all capacitances of the capacitor arrangement 420, i.e. C1max + C2 + C3 + C4 etc.
According to a further variant, which can be based on any of the embodiments explained with reference to Figs. 14 to 17 or their variants, further inductors (together with any associated bypass circuitry, if applicable) may additionally be included in the first branch 5 or the second branch 6, as explained with reference to Figs. 2 to 4 or their variants, and/or in series with the first inductor 2, as explained with reference to Figs. 8 to 10 or their variants.
Fig. 18 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 17. However, the charging circuit shown in Fig. 17 is not shown in Fig. 18. Instead, Fig. 18 shows the capacitor arrangement 420 and the first and second branches 5 and 6 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). A terminal 19 for connection to an external charging circuit is provided on the cabinet 16 for the purpose of charging the capacitor arrangement 420. In a variant, the charging circuit, for example as shown in Fig. 17, can also be incorporated in the cabinet 16. Cabinet 16 is provided with two further terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is connected to the first branch 5 and the second branch 6, whereas terminal 18 is connected to a common ground potential. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 18, terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor arrangement 420 via a line running within the cabinet 16.
Fig. 18 shows the first inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents. The first inductor 2 is accommodated in a casing 13, which is attached to a conduit 14. Conduit 14 accommodates a cable 15, which is electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminal 17 as indicated by a dashed line. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 18, the inductor 2 can also be connected, via a second cable, to the ground terminal 18 on cabinet 16.
As a variant of the embodiment shown in Fig. 18, the first inductor 2 could be connected to ground via a separate line, i.e. not via the cabinet 16. In this case, the ground terminal 18 and the internal connection to ground could be omitted.
In further variants, features of the embodiment shown in Fig. 18 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 14 to 16 or any variants described herein. Further, in any of the above embodiments or variants, any or all connections to ground could be omitted and replaced by an electrical connection between the different portions of the circuit. For example, in Figs. 14 to 17, the three connections to ground (triangles towards the bottom of the figures) could be replaced by an interconnection so that the (in Figs. 14 to 17 lower side of the) capacitors of the capacitor arrangement 420, first inductor 2 and voltage source 7 are electrically connected.
In any of the above embodiments or variants, the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor arrangement 420. The polarities of the thyristor 3 and the diode 4 would then also be reversed. Further, as has already been mentioned, the inventor has appreciated that the components and interconnections described in connection with the present invention are not "ideal" in the electrical sense. Enabled by the present disclosure, one skilled in the art will be able to make appropriate adjustments to allow for this. This applies in particular, but not exclusively, to the variant described above in which capacitors having capacitances according to a ratio of 1 : 1 : 2 : 4 : 8 etc. can be used. Appropriate adjustments can be made so as to take parasitic capacitances into account, for example.
Fig. 19 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. After the start 490 of the method, any one of the apparatuses described above with reference to Figs. 14 to 18 or their variants is provided (491). Electrical energy is then (492) stored in the capacitor arrangement 420, in particular the capacitor 401. Thereafter, the switching device 3, in particular the thyristor 3, is switched (493) into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement 420 to the first inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the first inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the capacitor arrangement 420, thereby causing the first inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave. At the end of the first half pulse or half wave, electrical current is then enabled (494) to flow between the capacitor arrangement 420 and the first inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via the electric component or assembly of electric components 4. This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave. At the end of the second half pulse or half wave, the method may end (495). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the switching device or thyristor 3 can again be switched (493) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (492) in the capacitor arrangement 420. In particular, the capacitor arrangement 420 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
As an optional, additional step (not shown in Fig. 19), the capacitance of the capacitor arrangement 420 can be varied, as explained above, either during the first or second half pulse or between the first and second half pulse or between a first (full) pulse and the next pulse.
Fig. 20 shows a diagram in which the current through the first inductor 2 is plotted over time, in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. A circuit which might result in the diagram of Fig. 20 could be the circuit shown in Fig. 14, whereby the capacitance of the capacitor 401 is initially at a first capacitance value, i.e. during the first half pulse 430. The first half pulse 430 has a corresponding first duration. At the end of the first half pulse 430, the capacitance of the capacitor 401 is changed to a second capacitance value, which is lower than the first capacitance value. This increases the resonant frequency of the resonant circuit of which the capacitor 401 forms a part. Accordingly, the second half pulse 431 has a second duration, which is shorter than the first duration (of the first half pulse 430).
Fig. 21 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 21 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2 and other figures. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 (and other figures) therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 21 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 21 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2 and other figures, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2 (and in other figures). Where elements shown in Fig. 21 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 500.
In contrast to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, the second branch 6 of Fig. 21 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5. Further, whilst the second branch 6 of the embodiment of Fig. 2 included an electric component 4 such as a diode, the embodiment of Fig. 21 includes a spark gap 542 and a resistor 543 (connected in series with the spark gap 542) in the second branch. In addition, the switching device 3 is a type of switching device which can not only be switched on (or transferred from the non-conductive state to the conductive state) but also off (or transferred from the conductive state to the non-conductive state). To this end, a (first) controller 540 is provided. Switching device 3 is controlled by controller 540 such that switching device 3 can be switched on and off at desired points in time. In particular, switching device 3 can be switched off at a point in time which does not coincide with the end of a first half pulse (assuming that the circuit shown in Fig. 21 is operated in a pulsed manner). Switching device 3 may, for example, comprise an insulated-gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), a fieldeffect transistor (FET), a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) or a gate turn-off thyristor (GTO-thyristor). The controller 540 may comprise analog circuitry or a microcontroller.
The operation of the circuit shown in Fig. 21 will now be explained, by way of example, with further reference to Fig. 24, which shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The operation can be as follows: After the start 590 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 21 (or any variants described herein) is provided (591). Electrical energy is then stored (592) in the capacitor arrangement 420 - in Fig. 21 represented by capacitor 1. Thereafter, at a first point in time, the switching device 3 is switched (593), under the control of controller 540, into a conductive or "ON" state so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement 420 to the inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the capacitor arrangement 420, thereby causing the inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave. However, the current flow may be interrupted at a selected second point in time. To this end, the switching device 3 is switched (594), under the control of controller 540, into the non-conductive or "OFF" state so as to electrically disconnect the capacitor arrangement 420 from the inductor 2. The second point in time can, for example, be during the first half pulse.
With the switching device 3 in the non-conductive state, electrical current can no longer flow through the switching device 3. However, the magnetic field, which has already been generated (by inductor 2), will resist its decay, which means that electrical current will continue to flow through inductor 2, resulting in a (relatively high) voltage in the first and second branch 5, 6. Eventually, this voltage is high enough to cause the spark gap 542 to become conductive (595), thereby enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement 420 and the inductor 2 through the second branch 6 via resistor 543 and spark gap 542. The energy that was stored in the magnetic field is then at least partially dissipated in resistor 543. The method may then end (596). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the switching device 3 can again be switched (593) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (592) in the capacitor arrangement 420. In particular, the capacitor arrangement 420 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
As per the above description with reference to Figs. 21 and 24, the spark gap 542 may protect switching device 3 from damage or destruction, in particular if spark gap 542 is constructed such that it becomes conductive at a voltage U2, which is lower than a voltage U3 at which switching device 3 would suffer damage or be destroyed. On the other hand, spark gap 542 should not already become conductive at a voltage U1 to which the capacitor arrangement 420 is (to be) charged.
In variants (not specifically illustrated), other electrical circuit elements (some of which are normally classified as passive circuit elements) can be used instead of a spark gap 542, in particular a transient-voltage-suppression diode, a Zener diode, a Shockley diode, a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor, in particular in combination with trigger circuitry connected to, or forming part of, the second branch to trigger the thyristor.
Fig. 22 illustrates a variant of the embodiment of Fig. 21. Instead of a spark gap 542, an active electrical circuit element 503 or an arrangement of circuit elements is included in the second branch 6, in particular a switching element 503 controlled by analog circuitry or a microcontroller (or controlled by a second controller 541 comprising analog circuitry or a microcontroller). Using controller 541 , a user can actively control the electrical circuit element 503, rather than the electrical circuit element 503 simply being allowed to become conductive or non-conductive depending on the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch 6.
Fig. 23 illustrates a further development of the embodiment of Fig. 22. In the embodiment of Fig. 23, the apparatus comprises a control unit 544 for controlling the first controller 540 and the second controller 541. To this end, the control unit 544 is connected to the first and the second controller 540, 541 (indicated by dashed lines). In this way, any, some or all of the points in time at which the switching device 3 and/or the switching element 503 are to be switched from the non- conductive state to the conductive state and vice versa can be controlled via control unit 544. In particular, the first and/or second points in time for switching the switching device 3 on and off can be selected via control unit 544. Similarly, third and/or fourth points in time for switching the switching element 503 on and off can be selected via control unit 544.
In order to enable a user to select any of the first to fourth points in time, the control unit 544 may have one or more dials 545 and/or any other (user) interface, such as a touchscreen 546. Control unit 544 may further comprise a processor/memory 547.
In a variant (not specifically illustrated), control unit 544 is connected directly to switching device 3 and/or switching element 503 in order to control these, in which case controllers 540 and/or 541 can be omitted.
In a further variant (not specifically illustrated), the apparatus may further have one or more detectors for taking measurements at one or more places within the circuit shown in Fig. 23, such as a voltage between the terminals of switching device 3 in the first branch 5 and/or a voltage between the terminals of switching element 503 in the second branch 6. These measurements can be communicated to control unit 544. Depending on the measurements taken, the control unit 544 can set any of the first to fourth points in time, for example in order to protect any elements of the circuit from damage or destruction, such as switching device 3 and/or switching element 503.
Fig. 23 shows a further development of the circuit. This further development involves a detector 548. Detector 548 is intended to detect a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in body tissue - represented by a human arm 551 in Fig. 23, although detector 548 can be used in connection with any other body part of a human or animal. Detector
548 is also connected to control unit 544, as indicated by a dashed line. The operation of this further development will be explained with further reference to Fig. 25.
Fig. 25 shows several curves, in which current (7) through inductor 2 is plotted over time (/). Curve
549 follows the shape of a sine function and represents the current through inductor 102 of Fig. 1 under ideal conditions during a first half pulse. This therefore also represents the current through inductor 2 of Fig. 23 if switching device 3 was not switched into the non-conductive state during the first half pulse (i.e. if the second point in time was not before the end of the first half pulse).
When inductor 2 is applied to body tissue 551 , the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 causes a current in the body tissue, as has been explained above. This current within the body tissue at least approximately follows the same shape as the current through inductor 2, albeit at a (significantly) reduced level and shifted in phase. The current within the body tissue can therefore be regarded as (approximately) proportional to the current through inductor 2 (but shifted in phase).
Fig. 25 shows four additional curves, 550a to 550d. These indicate the current through inductor 2 in cases where switching device 3 is switched into the non-conductive state before the end of the first half pulse, respectively at "second points in time" t1 to t4. The "first point in time" corresponds to the origin of the graph. In each case, the switching of switching device 3 into the non-conductive state results in a relatively steep drop in the current. That is, initially the current through inductor 2 - after the first point in time (i.e. the origin), when switching device 3 is switched into the conductive state - follows the sine shape 549. After the "second points in time" t1 to t4, the current respectively continues along curves 550a to 550d. These further curves 550a to 550d therefore represent different scenarios, depending on when the switching device 3 is switched into the non- conductive state.
In the cases of curves 550a to 550c, the current reaches a maximum of 11 to 13, respectively. By varying the second point in time, in particular within the first quarter pulse (i.e. up to the time corresponding to the maximum of the sine shape 549), the maximum current that will be reached (through inductor 2 and also within the body tissue) can also be varied.
As mentioned, detector 548 is intended to detect a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in body tissue. If the current within the body tissue is sufficiently low, detector 548 will not detect any neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction. In view of the graph shown in Fig. 25, this would correspond to a situation where the time interval between the first point in time (the origin) and the second point in time (e.g. t1) is very short. By increasing the time interval, the current within the body tissue will also increase, and eventually a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, will be detected by detector 548. For example, a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction (but not a muscle reaction) might be detected if the time interval ends at t2, and a muscle reaction will be detected if the time interval ends at t3.
The detection result, i.e. whether a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, has been detected by detector 548 can be transmitted from detector 548 to control unit 544, in particular to processor/memory 547. Processor/memory 547 can process this information, as well as the information regarding the applicable time interval (or the second point in time) in order to determine the (shortest) time interval at which a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, can be detected. Curve 550d is less useful for determining the (shortest) time interval at which a neural reaction or cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, can be detected, since t4 is in the second quarter pulse, i.e. the maximum current (according to the sine function 549) has already been reached before t4.
In further variants, features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 21 to 23 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 to 4, 8 to 10, 14 to 17 or any variants described herein. Further, any of the above embodiments or variants can be adapted in a manner similar to what is shown in, and described in connection with, Figs. 5, 11 and 18 - in particular providing an apparatus according to Figs. 21 to 23, but providing this apparatus with terminals 17, 18 and/or 19, for connection with an inductor 2 and/or an external charging circuit, respectively.
In any of the above embodiments or variants, the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5, second branch 6 and capacitor arrangement 420.
Fig. 26 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 26 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 26 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 26 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 26 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 600.
In contrast to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, the first inductor 2 is connected to, or forms part of, the first branch 5, but not the second branch 6. Similarly, a second inductor 609 is provided, which is connected to, or forms part of, the second branch 6, but not the first branch 5. The two branches 5, 6 are effectively separate, except that both are connected to the electric storage device 1 (again represented by a capacitor 1) and that they are both connected to a common ground potential (small triangles towards the bottom of the figure).
The first branch 5 also includes a switching device 3, and the above explanations as to possible types of switching devices also apply to the embodiment of Fig. 26. The second branch 6 also includes a switching device 603, and the above explanations as to possible types of switching devices also apply to switching device 603. The first and second switching devices 3, 603 may be of the same type, or may be of different types. In Fig. 26, the first switching device 3 and the second switching device 603 are shown as thyristors, by way of example. The polarity of the first switching device 3 is such that it allows current to flow substantially in only one direction, this representing a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1. The polarity of the second switching device 603 is such that it allows current to flow substantially in only one direction, this representing a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1. The second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device 1 is opposite the first current direction.
The operation of the circuit shown in Fig. 26 will now be described, by way of example, with further reference to Figs. 30 and 31. Fig. 30 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the first inductor 2 and the second inductor 609 is plotted over time (t). The graph of Fig. 30 can also be regarded as the current between the electric storage device 1 and the point where the first and second branches 5, 6 are connected. Fig. 31 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The operation can be as follows. After the start 690 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 26 (or any variants described herein) is provided (691). Electrical energy is then stored (692) in the electric storage device 1. Thereafter, at a first point in time t1 , the switching device 3 is switched (693) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the first inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the first inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the electric storage device 1 , thereby causing the first inductor 2 to generate a first magnetic field. This current flow may represent a first half pulse or half wave 620.
At the end of the first half pulse 620, i.e. at a second point in time t2, the first magnetic field generated by first inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero, and the electric storage device 1 has now reached its maximum charge, however of opposite polarity when compared with the initial state (just before t1). The absolute value of this maximum charge at t2 may be somewhat lower than the absolute value of the initial maximum charge (just before t1).
At a third point in time t3, the switching device 603 is switched (694) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as a controller described herein in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the electric storage device 1 to the second inductor 609. This enables electrical current to flow through the second branch 6 and through the second inductor 609, caused by the electrical energy stored by the electric storage device 1 , thereby causing the second inductor 609 to generate a second magnetic field. This current flow may represent a second half pulse or half wave 630. At the end of the second half pulse 630, i.e. at a fourth point in time t4, the second magnetic field generated by second inductor 609 has essentially reduced to zero, and the electric storage device
1 has now reached its maximum charge, of the same polarity as during the initial state just before t1 (albeit at a somewhat reduced level, assuming that some losses of energy have occurred in the apparatus between t1 and t4). The method may then end (695). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the first switching device 3 can again be switched (693) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. Electrical energy may also again be stored (692) in the electric storage device 1. In particular, the capacitor 1 may be recharged to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
As will be appreciated from the above description, the two half pulses 620, 630 shown in Fig. 30 relate to different inductors, 2 and 609, respectively. While current flows through the first inductor
2 between t1 and t2, (substantially) no current flows through the second inductor 609. While current flows through the second inductor 609 between t3 and t4, (substantially) no current flows through the first inductor 2. Further, it will be appreciated from Fig. 30 and the above description that the delay between t2 and t3 can be chosen, in particular substantially freely, in particular by a user or manufacturer. In particular, the delay between t2 and t3 may be longer or shorter than the time interval between t1 and t2, or may be of the same duration. The two points in time t2 and t3 may also be selected such that they (substantially) coincide.
As will also be appreciated, the first and second inductances respectively of the first and second inductors 2, 609 may or may not be the same. In the example of Fig. 30, the second inductance of the second inductor 609 is smaller than the first inductance of the first inductor 2. Accordingly, the time between t3 and t4 is shorter than the time between t1 and t2.
Fig. 27 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 26. Fig. 27 shows the capacitor 1 , the charging circuit comprising a source of electrical energy 7 and a switching device 8, as well as (a portion of) first and second branches 5 and 6 with first and second switching devices 3, 603 incorporated in a housing or cabinet 16 (electrically insulated from electric components and circuitry accommodated by cabinet 16). First inductor 2 is accommodated in a first casing 13. Second inductor 609 is accommodated in a second casing 613. The first casing 13 is movable independently from the second casing 613. Both are also movable with respect to cabinet 16 and may be electrically connected to the remainder of the circuit by flexible cables.
Fig. 28 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 27. However, in contrast to the embodiment of Fig. 27, both inductors 2, 609 are accommodated in the same casing 13 and are therefore not movable with respect to one another. The casing 13 may be movable with respect to cabinet 16. The first and second inductors 2, 609 may again be electrically connected to the remainder of the circuit by flexible cables. The cables may, for example, be arranged in a single conduit (not shown).
Fig. 29 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig.
28. However, in contrast to the embodiment of Fig. 28, the first and second inductors 2, 609, as well as the casing 13 in which they are accommodated, are provided as a separate unit for connection to cabinet 16. To this end, cabinet 16 is provided with a number of terminals. In the example shown in Fig. 29, there are four such terminals: terminals 17, 18 for electrical connection to first inductor 2, and terminals 617, 618 for electrical connection to second inductor 609. Depending on the construction of the first and second inductors 2, 609 and any cable(s) 15 connecting the first and second inductors 2, 609 to the remainder of the circuit, a different number of terminals may be provided on the cabinet 16. Fig. 29 also shows a conduit 14 in which the cables 15 may be arranged.
Within cabinet 16, terminal 17 is connected to the first switching device 3, and terminal 18 is connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 via a line running within cabinet 16. Similarly, terminal 617 is connected to the second switching device 603, and terminal 618 is again connected to the ground connection for the capacitor 1 .
Whilst Fig. 29 shows the first and second inductors 2, 609 accommodated in the same casing 13, they may also be accommodated in separate casings and may be movable with respect to one another, similar to the embodiment of Fig. 27.
In variants of the embodiments of Figs. 27 to 29, the charging circuit (comprising the source of electrical energy 7 and the switching device 8) or portions thereof may be provided separately (i.e. not within cabinet 16), for example as shown in Figs. 5, 11 and 18, in which case cabinet 16 is provided with a further terminal 19 for connection to the external charging circuit.
In further variants, features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 26 to 29 can be combined with features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 to 5, 8 to 11 , 14 to 18 and 21 to 23 or any variants described herein.
Fig. 32 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The circuit diagram shown in Fig. 32 is similar to that shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 32 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 32 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 32 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 700.
In contrast to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2, the second branch 6 of the circuit of Fig. 32 does not include an additional inductor which does not (also) form part of the first branch 5. Instead, the circuit shown in Fig. 32 includes a second voltage source 707 and an associated, second switch or switching device 708 as part of a charging circuit 765 for charging the capacitor arrangement 420 comprising at least one capacitor 1. In Fig. 32, the capacitor arrangement 420 is again represented by a single capacitor 1 , but the capacitor arrangement 420 could include further capacitors, as explained in connection with other embodiments. The charging circuit 765 also comprises the (first) voltage source 7 and associated switch or switching device 8. The circuit shown in Fig. 32 further comprises a control unit 544 for controlling the switching devices 3, 8, 703 and 708, as indicated by dashed line arrows.
As is illustrated in Fig. 32, the second voltage source 707 is connected between its associated second switching device 708 and a common ground connection (small triangles at the bottom of the figure), however with opposite polarity when compared with the first voltage source 7. Consequently, when the first switching device 8 is in the conductive state (and the second switching device 708 is in the non-conductive state), the first voltage source 7 will charge the capacitor 1 with a first polarity. When the second switching device 708 is in the conductive state (and the first switching device 8 is in the non-conductive state), the second voltage source 707 will charge the capacitor 1 with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
The operation of the circuit shown in Fig. 32 will now be described, by way of example, with further reference to Figs. 36 and 37. Fig. 36 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. Fig. 37 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the inductor 2 is plotted over time (t). In Fig. 37, the current through the inductor 2 is represented by a first half pulse 720 and a second half pulse 730. Current through the inductor 2 will also flow to/from capacitor 1.
Fig. 37 also indicates the voltage (L/) at the capacitor 1 , as represented by a line carrying reference numeral 732. The operation of the circuit of Fig. 32 can be as follows. After the start 790 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 32 is provided (791). The first voltage source 7 then charges capacitor 1 with a first polarity. To this end, the first switching device 8 is switched to the conductive state while the second switching device 708 is in the non- conductive state. This initial charging process is not explicitly shown in Fig. 37, but it results in the voltage at capacitor 1 reaching a level of +U1 , as shown in the leftmost part of Fig. 37.
Thereafter, at a first point in time t1 , the switching device 3 is switched (793) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544, described in connection with other embodiments), so as to electrically connect the capacitor 1 to the inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the first branch 5 and through the inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy stored by the capacitor 1 , thereby causing the inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This current flow results in a first half pulse or half wave 720. The first and second switching devices 8, 708 are in the non-conductive state during this time.
At the end of the first half pulse 720, i.e. at a second point in time t2, the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero. As the energy (or a major part thereof) that was stored in the magnetic field has been transferred back into the capacitor 1 , the capacitor 1 has now reached a certain level of charge corresponding to a voltage -U2. This voltage is of opposite polarity when compared with the initial state (just before t1). In addition, the absolute value |-U2| of the voltage at t2 would be expected to be somewhat lower than the absolute value |+U11 of the initial maximum voltage (just before t1), due to energy losses in the circuit. If the second half pulse 730 was allowed to begin at this stage, it would normally have a smaller magnitude than the first half pulse 720, ultimately resulting in a net charge displacement in the body tissue to which the magnetic field is applied.
In view of this, the present embodiment envisages (re)charging (794) the capacitor 1 , starting at or around the second point in time t2, in particular to a voltage which corresponds to the initial voltage (but has opposite polarity). To this end, the second switching device 708 is switched into the conductive state (while the first switching device 8 is in the non-conductive state) so as to electrically connect the second voltage source 707 to the capacitor 1. This re-charging process is indicated between the second point in time t2 and a third point in time t3 in Fig. 37. During this time interval, the absolute value of the voltage at capacitor 1 increases from |-U2| to |-U 11.
At the third point in time t3, the switching device 703 is switched (795) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544), so as to electrically connect the capacitor 1 to the inductor 2. This enables electrical current to flow through the second branch 6, caused by the electrical energy stored by the capacitor 1 , thereby causing the inductor 2 to generate a magnetic field. This results in a second half pulse or half wave 730.
The first and second switching devices 8, 708 are in the non-conductive state during this time.
At the end of the second half pulse 730, i.e. at a fourth point in time t4, the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 has essentially reduced to zero. As the energy (or a major part thereof) that was stored in the magnetic field has been transferred back into the capacitor 1 , the capacitor 1 has now reached a certain level of charge or voltage. This voltage is of the same polarity as during the initial state just before t1 (albeit at a somewhat reduced level, again assuming that some losses of energy have occurred in the apparatus between t3 and t4). The method may then end (796). Alternatively, the method or part thereof may be repeated. In particular, the first switching device 3 can again be switched (793) into the conductive or "ON" state etc. The capacitor 1 may also again be charged (792), in particular to its initial charging state, e.g. to compensate for dissipation of electrical energy in the apparatus.
As will be appreciated from Fig. 37 and the above description, the delay between t2 and t3 can be chosen, in particular by a user or manufacturer, to allow for the capacitor 1 to be recharged. For this purpose, the control unit 544 may have one or more dials 545 or other user interfaces such as a touchscreen 546.
Fig. 33 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 32. However, the second branch 6 of the circuit shown in Fig. 33 does not include a switching device 703 but instead has a diode 4 (or other electric component or assembly of electric components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction). As will be appreciated, in particular from the description of Fig. 2, the diode 4 will "react" to the voltage applied to its two terminals within the second branch 6, rather than being controlled by a controller such as control unit 544. This means that the delay between the second point in time t2 and the third point in time t3 may be very small, or that these two points in time may (substantially) coincide. This also means that, any (re)charging of the capacitor 1 at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730 would ideally take place during a very short interval. In order to achieve this, the second voltage source 707 preferably has a relatively high output power.
Fig. 33 shows a solid line arrow leading to control unit 544. This arrow is intended to represent an input into the control unit 544. For example, a voltage or other parameter prevailing in portions of the circuit shown in Fig. 33, for example in the line connecting the first switching device 8 with the first branch 5, can be used as an input into control unit 544, based on which the control unit 544 may determine the points in time when any of the switching devices 3, 8, 708 should be switched from the conductive to the non-conductive state or vice versa.
In a variant of the circuits of either Fig. 32 of Fig. 33, it is possible to use analog circuitry, either in addition to, or instead of, the control unit 544 to switch one or more, in particular all, of the switching devices 3, 8, 703 and 708 from the conductive to the non-conductive state or vice versa.
Fig. 34 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is similar to the embodiment shown in Fig. 32. However, the charging circuit 765 of Fig. 34 does not include a second voltage source. Instead, it has a switching arrangement 760 for charging the capacitor 1 selectively with the first and second polarities using a single voltage source 7. In the example shown, a bridge circuit, in particular a H-bridge circuit, is used comprising switching devices 761 to 764. When switching devices 761 and 763 are in the conductive state and switching devices 762 and 764 are in the non-conductive state, capacitor 1 can be charged, using voltage source 7, with a first polarity. When switching devices 762 and 764 are in the conductive state and switching devices 761 and 763 are in the non-conductive state, capacitor 1 can be charged, using voltage source 7, with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
The switching devices 3, 703 and 761 to 764 can again be controlled by a suitable controller such as control unit 544 and/or by analog circuitry (not shown in Fig. 34).
The charging circuit 765 of Fig. 34 can also be used in connection with the embodiment of Fig. 33, whereby again the voltage source 7 would preferably have a relatively high output power so as to minimize the (re)charging time at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730.
Fig. 35 schematically shows a circuit diagram of a charging circuit 765 of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The charging circuit 765 of Fig. 35 can be used in the context of any of the embodiments shown in Figs. 32 and 33 or their variants, to replace the charging circuits 765 shown in these figures. In Fig. 35, only the charging circuit 765 and the capacitor 1 are shown, whilst first and second branches 5, 6 are only indicated in dashed lines.
The charging circuit 765 of Fig. 35 again includes first and second voltage sources 7, 707 and first and second switching devices 8, 708. Additionally, the charging circuit 765 comprises a supplementary capacitor 701 connected in series between second switching device 708 and a common ground connection. The second voltage source 707 is connected to the two terminals of the supplementary capacitor 701 so as to be able to charge the supplementary capacitor 701 . In contrast to the charging circuits 765 of Figs. 32 and 33, the capacitor 1 of the Fig. 35 embodiment is intended to be (re)charged at or around the end of the first half pulse 720 or the beginning of the second half pulse 730 (primarily) by the supplementary capacitor 701 , rather than the second voltage source 707. The polarity of the second voltage source 707 (and hence the polarity of the supplementary capacitor 701 when it has been charged by the second voltage source 707) is such that the supplementary capacitor 701 can (re)charge the capacitor 1 with a second polarity opposite the first polarity (the first voltage source 7 being arranged to charge the capacitor 1 with the first polarity).
The operation of the switching devices 8, 708 in Fig. 35 can again be implemented as has been described in connection with Figs. 32 and 33, in particular using a suitable controller or analog circuitry (not shown in Fig. 35).
When switching device 708 is switched into the conductive state, the supplementary capacitor 701 can charge the capacitor 1. Depending on the specification of the supplementary capacitor 701 and other parameters of the circuit, in particular any (parasitic) resistances in the circuit, the (re)charging of the capacitor 1 by the supplementary capacitor 701 can potentially be quicker than would be possible if capacitor 1 was charged directly from the second voltage source 701 (without the assistance of the supplementary capacitor 701). In this way, the (re)charging time can be reduced. Further, the second voltage source 707 can charge the supplementary capacitor 701 during and/or before the first half pulse 720, i.e. during a period of time which may be (significantly) longer than a period of time between the first half pulse 720 and the second half pulse 730. This also means that the second voltage source 707 of the embodiment of Fig. 35 does not need to have a particularly high output power, and yet the time for (re)charging the capacitor 1 can be reduced.
In a variant of the embodiment of Fig. 35, a switching arrangement such as the bridge circuit shown in Fig. 34 can be used so that the supplementary capacitor 701 of Fig. 35 can be charged by the first voltage source 7. In this case, the second voltage source 707 is not necessary.
Fig. 38 schematically shows a circuit diagram of an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. At least some features of the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 38 are similar to those shown in Fig. 2. The above explanations regarding the device shown in Fig. 2 therefore also apply, mutatis mutandis, to the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 38 and will not be repeated here. Where elements shown in Fig. 38 have substantially the same function as elements shown in Fig. 2, these carry the same reference signs as in Fig. 2. Where elements shown in Fig. 38 are generally similar to elements shown in Fig. 2 but are different, for example in terms of their function or position within the circuit, these carry the reference signs as in Fig. 2 but increased by 800.
The circuit shown in Fig. 38 comprises a first series combination 870 of a first switching device 861 and a second switching device 862, the first switching device 861 being electrically connected to the second switching device 862 at a first connection point 881 . Similarly, the circuit comprises a second series combination 871 of a third switching device 863 and a fourth switching device 864, the third switching device 863 being electrically connected to the fourth switching device 864 at a second connection point 882.
The first series combination 870 is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point 883 and a fourth connection point 884, with the second series combination 871 such that the first switching device 861 and the third switching device 863 are electrically connected at the third connection point 883 and such that the second switching device 862 and the fourth switching device 864 are electrically connected at the fourth connection point 884. Additionally, a first terminal 888 of a (first) inductor 2 is electrically connected to the third connection point 883 and a second terminal 889 of the inductor 2 is electrically connected to the fourth connection point 884. The inductor 2 is intended for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue.
The circuit further comprises a DC source arrangement 807 electrically connected between the first connection point 881 and the second connection point 882. DC source arrangement 807 may comprise one or more DC sources, for example a battery, a solar panel or solar module or a fuel cell. Such (individual) DC sources may be connected in series or in parallel (or any combination thereof) in order to form the DC source arrangement 807. Further, different types of DC sources may be combined, for example a battery in parallel with a solar panel. Additionally, whilst not shown in Fig. 38, further switching devices may be provided so as to selectively connect or disconnect any one or a subset of individual DC sources of DC source arrangement 807 so that the individual DC sources can selectively contribute towards providing electrical energy for the circuit.
The first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 can be switched between a conductive state and a substantially non-conductive state, for example under the control of a control unit 544, as indicated by dashed line arrows. Specific implementations of such a control unit 544 have already been described elsewhere in this specification. As with other embodiments, the control of the first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 can also be implemented by analog circuitry instead of, or in addition to, a control unit 544 (comprising a (micro)controller). The operation of the circuit shown in Fig. 38 will now be described, by way of example, with further reference to Figs. 41 and 42. Fig. 42 shows a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. Fig. 41 shows a graph in which the current (/) through the inductor 2 is plotted over time (t).
The operation of the circuit of Fig. 38 can be as follows. After the start 890 of the method, an apparatus with a circuit corresponding to the circuit shown in Fig. 38 is provided (891).
At a first point in time t1 , the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 are switched (892) into a conductive or "ON" state, for example under the control of a suitable controller (such as control unit 544). The second and third switching devices 862, 863 are both in a substantially non- conductive state at this time. Electrical current then starts to flow through the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 and through the inductor 2 in a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor 2, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement 807. As a result of the current flow through the inductor 2, a magnetic field is generated by inductor 2. Given that DC source arrangement 807 provides a DC current, the current through the inductor 2 increases, at least initially, substantially in a ramp-like manner.
At a second point in time t2 after the first point in time t1 , the first and fourth switching devices
861 , 864 are switched (893) from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state (while the second and third switching devices 862, 863 are both still in the substantially non- conductive state). The current through the inductor 2 therefore stops substantially instantly. Whilst the current through the inductor 2 does not have a resonant character, the current through the inductor 2 between the first point in time t1 and the second point in time t2 can nevertheless be regarded as a (first) current pulse 820 (herein also referred to as a positive current pulse 820).
At a third point in time t3 after the second point in time t2, the second and third switching devices
862, 863 are switched (894) from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state (while the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 are in the substantially non-conductive state). Electrical current then starts to flow again, but this time through the second and third switching devices 862, 863. Therefore, the current now flows through the inductor 2 in a second current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor 2 (which is opposite the first current direction of current flow), caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement 807. As a result of the current flow through the inductor 2, a magnetic field is again generated by inductor 2. The current again increases, at least initially, substantially in a ramp-like manner. In principle, the method may then end (895). However, as an optional further step, the second and third switching devices 862, 863 can be switched from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a fourth point in time t4 after the third point in time t3 (while the first and fourth switching devices 861 , 864 are both still in the substantially non-conductive state). The current through the inductor 2 therefore stops substantially instantly. The current through the inductor 2 between the third point in time t3 and the fourth point in time t4 can again be regarded as a (second) current pulse 830 (herein also referred to as a negative current pulse 830) of opposite polarity when compared with the (first) current pulse 820.
In a variant, the third point in time t3 (substantially) coincides with the second point in time t2 so that the second, negative current pulse 830 follows (substantially) immediately after the first, positive current pulse 820.
The first to fourth points in time t1 to t4 or the respective delays between successive ones of these points in time can (substantially) freely be chosen, for example by a user or manufacturer. This can be done, for example, using control unit 544. Alternatively, the delays between these points in time can be implemented in analog circuitry. The same applies to any delay between the end (t4) of the negative current pulse 830 and any subsequent, positive current pulse 820, in case the method is repeated from step 892. In any event, the delays between successive ones of these points in time (t1-t2-t3-t4-t1 etc.) do not need to be the same. Further, using the circuit in accordance with Fig. 38 it is possible to generate more than one positive current pulse 820 before generating one or more negative current pulses 830.
Fig. 39 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 38. However, a further electrical circuit element 842 is provided. The further electrical circuit element 842 can be used to protect any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices 861 to 864 or the inductor 2. In the example shown, this is only illustrated in relation to the fourth switching device 864, but corresponding further electrical circuit elements 842 could be provided for one or more of the other switching devices or the inductor 2. In the example shown, the further electrical circuit element 842 is implemented, purely by way of example, as a spark gap 842. Spark gap 842 is connected in parallel to the fourth switching device 864.
The function of the spark gap 842 can be as follows. From the second point in time t2 onwards and/or from the fourth point in time t4 onwards, all four switching devices 861 to 864 are in the substantially non-conductive state. However, the magnetic field generated by inductor 2 will resist its decay, which may result in relatively high voltages between the third connection point 883 and the fourth connection point 884. Depending on the magnitude of this voltage and the specification of the switching devices, this relatively high voltage may damage or destroy one or more of the switching devices. If the spark gap 842 is rated (i.e. becomes conductive) at a voltage U2 that is lower than a voltage U3 that may damage or destroy one or more of the switching devices, the spark gap 842 can protect the respective switching device - in the example shown the fourth switching device 864 - from voltages higher than U2 (i.e. including voltage U3 and above). On the other hand, the spark gap 842 should not already become conductive at a voltage U1 that is expected to occur during normal operation (whereby U1 < U2 < U3).
Other examples of further electrical circuit elements 842 that can be used instead of a spark gap include passive electrical circuit elements, such as a transient-voltage-suppression diode, a Zener diode or a Shockley diode, or active electrical circuit elements, such as a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor. If active electrical circuit elements are used, then these would normally require suitable trigger circuitry, as has been described elsewhere in this specification.
Whilst a spark gap 842 connected in parallel to the fourth switching device 864 has been described for the purpose of protecting this switching device from a high voltage, it may alternatively or additionally also be possible to protect one or more of the circuit elements of the apparatus from high current, for example by connecting a further electrical circuit element in series with a circuit element to be protected.
Whilst Fig. 39 does not show a controller (such as control unit 544), it is to be noted that such a controller or suitable alternatives already described can also be used in connection with the circuit of Fig. 39.
Fig. 40 schematically shows an apparatus for generating a magnetic field in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. This is closely based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 38. However, the inductor 2 is not provided as (an integral) part of the apparatus. Instead, the circuit of Fig. 38 (apart from the inductor 2 and its electrical connections to the remainder of the circuit) are accommodated in a housing or cabinet 16 or similar, in a manner similar to what has been described with reference to Figs. 5, 11 , 18 and 27 to 29.
Cabinet 16 is provided with two terminals, 17 and 18. Terminal 17 is electrically connected, within cabinet 16, to the fourth connection point 884, whereas terminal 18 is electrically connected, within cabinet 16, to the third connection point 883. Fig. 40 shows the inductor 2 as a separate entity from cabinet 16 and its contents. The inductor 2 may again be accommodated in a casing 13 which is attached to a conduit 14 (see Fig. 5). Conduit 14 accommodates two cables 15 (or a cable with two strands) which are electrically connected to the first inductor 2, in particular to at least one set of turns of inductor 2, and which can be connected to the terminals 17, 18, as indicated by dashed lines.
In further variants, features of the embodiments shown in Figs. 2 to 4, 8 to 10, 14 to 17, 21 to 23, 26 to 29, 32 to 35 and 38 to 39 or any variants described herein can be combined with one another. Further, any of the above embodiments or variants can be adapted in a manner similar to what is shown in, and described in connection with, Figs. 5, 11 , 18, 27 to 29 and 40 - in particular providing an apparatus according to Figs. 2 to 4, 8 to 10, 14 to 17, 21 to 23, 26 to 29, 32 to 35 and 38 to 39 (or variants thereof), but providing this apparatus with terminals (such as terminals 17 and 18), for connection with an inductor 2.
In any of the above embodiments or variants, the polarities of the individual components can be reversed so that, for example, the negative terminal of the voltage source 7 is connected, via the switching device 8, to the first branch 5 and the second branch 6. The polarities of the switching devices 3, 603 could then also be reversed - or they could remain the same, in which case the two branches 5, 6 and the two inductors 2, 609 swap their functions.
While at least one example embodiment of the present invention has been described above, it has to be noted that a great number of variations thereto exist. Furthermore, it is to be appreciated that the described example embodiments only illustrate non-limiting examples of how the present invention can be implemented and that it is not intended to limit the scope, the application or the configuration of the apparatuses and methods described herein. Rather, the preceding description will provide the person skilled in the art with instructions for implementing at least one example embodiment of the invention, whereby it has to be understood that various changes in the functionality and the arrangement of the elements of the example embodiment can be made without deviating from the subject-matter defined by the appended claims and their legal equivalents.
List of reference signs
1 electric storage device, capacitor
2 first inductor, set of turns
3 switching device, thyristor
4 electric component or assembly of electric components, diode
5 first branch (of connecting circuitry)
6 second branch (of connecting circuitry)
7 (first) source of electrical energy, voltage source
8 switch, switching device, switching circuitry
9 second inductor
10 bypass circuitry
11 further inductor
12 further bypass circuitry
13 casing
14 conduit
15 cable
16 housing, cabinet
17-19 terminals
90-95 method steps
101 capacitor
102 inductor
103 thyristor
104 diode
105 first branch
106 second branch
107 voltage source
108 switch
200 first half pulse
210 second half pulse
309 second inductor
310 bypass circuitry
311 further inductor
312 further bypass circuitry
320 first half pulse
330 second half pulse
390-395 method steps 401 (first) variable capacitor
420 capacitor arrangement
421 , 423 further capacitor (optionally: variable)
422, 424 further switching devices
430 first half pulse
431 second half pulse
490-495 method steps
503 switching device
540 (first) controller
541 (second) controller
542 spark gap
543 resistor
544 control unit
545 dial/interface
546 touch scree n/interf ace
547 processor/memory device
548 detector
549 electrical current (half pulse)
550a-d electrical current
551 body part
590-596 method steps
603 switching device, thyristor
609 second inductor
613 casing
617, 618 terminals
620 first half pulse
630 second half pulse
690-695 method steps
701 supplementary capacitor
703 switching device, thyristor
707 second voltage source
708 switch, switching device
720 first half pulse (current)
730 second half pulse (current)
732 voltage (at capacitor)
760 switching arrangement, H-bridge
761-764 switches, switching devices (of switching arrangement)
765 charging circuit 790-796 method steps
807 DC source arrangement
820 first pulse (current)
830 second pulse (current) 842 further electrical circuit element, spark gap
861-864 switches, switching devices
870 first series combination of switching devices
871 second series combination of switching devices
881-884 connection points 888, 889 terminals (of inductor)
890-895 method steps

Claims

CLAIMS An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and a second inductor, wherein the second inductor forms part of either the first branch or the second branch. The apparatus according to claim 1 , further comprising circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part. The apparatus according to claim 1 or 2, wherein an inductance of the second inductor is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
4. The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising one or more further inductors forming part of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
5. The apparatus according to claim 4, further comprising circuitry to selectively bypass or short-circuit the second inductor and/or one or more of the one or more further inductors in order to selectively vary an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
6. The apparatus according to claim 4, wherein an inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
7. The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein an inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable.
8. The apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that the inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are bypassed or short-circuited; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part when the second and the further inductors are not bypassed and not short-circuited and the inductance of the second inductor and/or of at least one of the one or more further inductors is at a maximum.
9. The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first inductor comprises at least one set of turns, preferably at least one set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the at least one set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the at least one set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
10. The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
11. The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the electric storage device comprises a battery.
12. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; and
106 an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein a total inductance of the first branch differs from a total inductance of the second branch by one of: at least a factor of 1.5, at least a factor of 2, at least a factor of 5, at least a factor of 10, at least a factor of 50, at least a factor of 100, at least a factor of 500, at least a factor of 1000, at least a factor of 2000, at least a factor of 5000, at least a factor of 10000. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 11 ; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components.
107
14. The method according to claim 13, wherein the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, wherein a duration of the second half pulse is different from a duration of the first half pulse.
15. The method according to claim 14, further comprising selectively bypassing or shortcircuiting the second inductor or varying an inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the branch of which the second inductor forms a part.
16. The method according to claim 15, wherein selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, and between the first half pulse and the second half pulse.
17. The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, further comprising bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
18. The method according to claim 17, further comprising varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
108 An apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and a second inductor, wherein the second inductor forms part of either the first branch or the second branch. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch;
109 a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and wherein the connecting circuitry further comprises a second inductor connected in series with the first inductor, wherein: the second inductor has a variable inductance; or the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; or the second inductor has a variable inductance and the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; so that electrical current flowing through the first inductor and through the connecting circuitry will also flow through the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, regardless of whether said electrical current flows through the first or the second branch.
22. The apparatus according to claim 21 , wherein an inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable.
23. The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising one or more further inductors connected in series with the second inductor.
24. The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance.
110
25. The apparatus according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the connecting circuitry further comprises further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors.
26. The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the further bypass circuitry comprises individual circuit portions for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting one or more of the one or more further inductors individually.
27. The apparatus according to any one of claims 23 to 26, wherein one or more of the one or more further inductors has a variable inductance and/or is provided with further bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting a respective one of the one or more further inductors.
28. The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the inductances of the second inductor and of the one or more further inductors are chosen such that a total inductance of the connecting circuitry is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are bypassed or short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total inductance of the connecting circuitry when all those of the second and the further inductors which are provided with further bypass circuitry are not bypassed and not short-circuited and the inductances of all those of the second and the further inductors whose inductance is variable are adjusted to a maximum.
29. The apparatus according to claim 27 or 28, wherein: the second inductor has a variable inductance with a maximum inductance of L2;
111 the one or more further inductors have an inductance of value Lm, where m = 3, 4,
5, ... n+2 and n is the number of further capacitors; and
Lm is substantially equal to L2 * 2(m-3).
30. The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 29, wherein the first inductor comprises at least one set of generally circular turns, and is disposed within a casing connected to a conduit through which extends at least one cable for supplying electrical power to the set of generally circular turns, and the second inductor is not disposed within said casing.
31. The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 30, wherein the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit.
32. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 31 ; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components and the second inductor or the bypass circuitry.
33. The method according to claim 32, wherein the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse
112 and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse. The method according to claim 33, further comprising selectively bypassing or shortcircuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor, thereby selectively varying an inductance of the connecting circuitry. The method according to claim 34, wherein selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor comprises selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor or varying the inductance of the second inductor one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and after the pulse. The method according to any one of claims 32 to 35, further comprising bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue. The method according to claim 36, further comprising varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue. The method according to claim 37, wherein the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect. An apparatus for use with a first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy;
113 a terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and said terminal; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the electric storage device and the first inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and wherein the connecting circuitry further comprises a second inductor connected in series with the first inductor when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein: the second inductor has a variable inductance; or the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for selectively bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; or the second inductor has a variable inductance and the connecting circuitry further comprises bypass circuitry for bypassing or short-circuiting the second inductor; so that electrical current flowing through the first inductor and through the connecting circuitry will also flow through the second inductor or the bypass circuitry, regardless of whether said electrical current flows through the first or the second branch. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein the capacitor has a variable capacitance. The apparatus according to claim 40, wherein the capacitor arrangement comprises one or more further capacitors connected in parallel to said capacitor. The apparatus according to claim 41 , wherein at least one of the one or more further capacitors has a capacitance which is one of: variable; discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable. The apparatus according to claim 42, wherein the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a minimum; and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors is adjusted to a maximum. The apparatus according to claim 41, further comprising one or more further switching devices, one for each of the one or more further capacitors, wherein the one or more further switching devices are configured to selectively interrupt an electrical connection between a respective one of the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry. The apparatus according to claim 44, wherein the capacitance of the first capacitor and the capacitances of the one or more further capacitors are chosen such that a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is one of: discretely variable; and substantially continuously variable from a minimum value up to a maximum value, wherein the minimum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is interrupted by the further switching devices; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a minimum and wherein the maximum value corresponds to a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement when: the electrical connection between the one or more further capacitors and the connecting circuitry is not interrupted; and the capacitance of the first capacitor is adjusted to a maximum.
116 The apparatus according to claim 41 to 45, wherein: the first capacitor has a maximum capacitance of value C1 the n further capacitors have a capacitance of value Cm, where n is the number of further capacitors and m = 2, 3, 4, ... n+1
Cm is substantially equal to C1 * 2(m-2). The apparatus according to any one of claims 40 to 46, further comprising a charging circuit for charging the at least one capacitor. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 40 to 47; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the first inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components. The method according to claim 48, wherein the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse. The method according to claim 49, further comprising varying a total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement at a point in time which is one of: during the first half pulse, during the second half pulse, between the first half pulse and the second half pulse, and between the second half pulse and a subsequent pulse.
117
51. The method according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the total capacitance of the capacitor arrangement is varied such that a duration of the second half pulse is longer than a duration of the first half pulse.
52. The method according to any one of claims 48 to 51 , further comprising bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
53. The method according to claim 52, further comprising varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
54. The method according to claim 53, wherein the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
55. An apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal; and
118 an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, that conducts, or is arranged to conduct, electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein said electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch so as to enable electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, wherein the current flow in the forward direction represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; wherein the capacitor has a variable capacitance. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a second point in time in order to interrupt said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; at least one electrical circuit element, wherein the electrical circuit element forms part of the second branch, wherein the electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state in order to form a second electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor; wherein the first and second points in time can be freely chosen.
119 The apparatus according to claim 56, further comprising a first controller for causing the switching device to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time and/or for causing the switching device to change from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at the second point in time. The apparatus according to claim 56 or 57, wherein the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state in order to interrupt said second electrical connection between the electric storage device and the inductor. The apparatus according to claim 58, further comprising a second controller for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time and/or for causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at a fourth point in time. The apparatus according to any one of claims 56 to 59, wherein the switching device comprises an insulated-gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), a field-effect transistor (FET), a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) or a gate turn-off thyristor (GTO-thyristor). The apparatus according to any one of claims 56 to 60, wherein the at least one electrical circuit element comprises a passive electrical circuit element, in particular: a spark gap a transient-voltage-suppression diode a Zener diode a Shockley diode or a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or a thyristor, in particular in combination with trigger circuitry connected to, or forming part of, the second branch to trigger the thyristor.
120 The apparatus according to any one of claims 56 to 60, wherein the at least one electrical circuit element comprises an active electrical circuit element or an arrangement of active electrical circuit elements, in particular a switching element controlled by analog circuitry or a microcontroller. The apparatus according to any one of claims 56 to 62, wherein the at least one electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time, wherein the third point in time coincides with the second point in time or is after the second point in time, in particular a predetermined or predeterminable time interval after the second point in time. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 56 to 63; storing electrical energy in the capacitor arrangement; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time so as to form said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field; switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non- conductive state at the second point in time and thereby interrupting said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; and causing the at least one electrical circuit element to change from the substantially non- conductive state to the conductive state, thereby enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said at least one electrical circuit element. The method according to claim 64, wherein switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at the first point in time triggers an oscillation of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the second point in time is chosen not to coincide with a transition between a first half wave and a second half wave of said oscillation.
66. The method according to claim 65, wherein the second point in time is chosen to be during the first half wave of said oscillation, preferably during a first quarter wave of said oscillation.
67. The method according to any one of claims 64 to 66, further comprising bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
68. The method according to claim 67, further comprising varying the magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue.
69. The method according to claim 68, wherein the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect.
70. The method according to claim 66, further comprising bringing the inductor into proximity with body tissue so as to generate the magnetic field in said body tissue, wherein a duration between the first point in time and the second point in time defines a time interval, wherein the method further comprises, one or more times, carrying out the following steps: varying the time interval; switching the switching device from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state; and after the varied time interval, switching the switching device from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state.
71. The method according to claim 70, further comprising detecting whether a muscle reaction in the body tissue has been caused, in order to provide a detection result; and based on the detection result, determining a minimum duration, corresponding to the time interval or the varied time interval, at which the muscle reaction in the body tissue is caused.
122 An apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state at a first point in time in order to form a first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the switching device is configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a second point in time in order to interrupt said first electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal; at least one electrical circuit element, wherein the electrical circuit element forms part of the second branch, wherein the electrical circuit element is configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state in order to form a second electrical connection between the capacitor arrangement and said terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal; wherein the first and second points in time can be freely chosen. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second inductors, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises a first branch between the electric storage
123 device and the first inductor and a second branch between the electric storage device and the second inductor; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device; and a second switching device, wherein the second switching device forms part of the second branch, wherein the second switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the second inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow.
74. The apparatus according to claim 73, wherein the first and second inductors are not connected in series.
75. The apparatus according to claim 73 or 74, wherein the first switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the first current direction; and wherein the second switching device is configured to enable current flow with respect to the electric storage device only in the second current direction.
76. The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 75, wherein the second inductor is configured such that the second magnetic field is also for application to body tissue.
77. The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 76, wherein the first inductor comprises at least a first set of turns, preferably at least a first set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns,
124 wherein the turns of the first set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the first magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the first inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the first inductor is disposed within a first casing connected to a first conduit through which extends at least a first cable for supplying electrical power to the first set of turns, and wherein the second inductor is not disposed within said first casing. The apparatus according to claim 77, wherein the second inductor comprises at least a second set of turns, preferably at least a second set of generally circular, hexagonal or rectangular turns, wherein the turns of the second set of turns are preferably arranged such that each turn generates a contribution towards the second magnetic field when the electrical current flows through the second inductor, wherein the contributions generated by each turn are superimposed in a positive manner, wherein the second inductor is disposed within a second casing connected to a second conduit through which extends at least a second cable for supplying electrical power to the second set of turns, and wherein the first inductor is not disposed within said second casing. The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 78, wherein the first inductor is wound on a first core and the second inductor is wound on a second core different from the first core. The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 79, wherein the first inductor and the second inductor are moveable independently from each other. The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 80, wherein a first inductance of the first inductor and/or a second inductance of the second inductor is one of discretely variable and substantially continuously variable.
125 The apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 81 , wherein the electric storage device comprises a pulse capacitor which can be charged by a charging circuit. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 73 to 82; storing electrical energy in the electric storage device; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and the first inductor in the first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field; and switching the second switching device so as to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the second branch and the second inductor in the second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field. The method according to claim 83, wherein the apparatus is operated in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse. The method according to claim 84, wherein switching the second switching device comprises switching the second switching device after a delay after an end of the first half pulse. The method according to claim 85, wherein the first half pulse has a first duration, wherein the delay is longer than the first duration. The method according to any one of claim 83 to 86, further comprising bringing the first inductor into proximity with body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the first inductor, so that the first magnetic field is present in said body tissue.
126 The method according to claim 87, further comprising varying the first magnetic field in the body tissue so as to generate a voltage in the body tissue or to cause a movement of charges in the body tissue. The method according to claim 88, wherein the generated voltage or the movement of charges in the body tissue is sufficient to cause a neural reaction or a cellular physiological reaction, in particular a muscle reaction, in the body tissue, wherein preferably the voltage or the movement of charges is sufficient to cause a therapeutic effect. The method according to any one of claims 87 to 89, further comprising bringing the second inductor into proximity with the body tissue, or bringing the body tissue into proximity with the second inductor, so that the second magnetic field is present in said body tissue. An apparatus for use with a first inductor and a second inductor, the first inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: an electric storage device for storing electrical energy; a first terminal for connection to the first inductor for generating a first magnetic field for application to body tissue; a second terminal for connection to the second inductor for generating a second magnetic field; connecting circuitry between the electric storage device and the first and second terminals, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch leading to the first terminal and a second branch leading to the second terminal; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the first terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the first inductor via said first terminal when the first inductor is connected to the apparatus via said first terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the first inductor to generate the first magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device; and
127 a second switching device, wherein the second switching device forms part of the second branch, wherein the second switching device is configured to electrically connect the electric storage device to the second terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the second inductor via said second terminal when the second inductor is connected to the apparatus via said second terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the electric storage device, thereby causing the second inductor to generate the second magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the electric storage device, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a first switching device, wherein the first switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the first switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor; an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in order to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor, the second current direction being opposite the first current direction; and
128 wherein the charging circuit comprises a first voltage source and wherein at least one of the following applies: a) the charging circuit comprises a second voltage source, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the second voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity b) the charging circuit comprises a switching arrangement, in particular a switching arrangement comprising a H-bridge, wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a first manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity, and wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a second manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity c) the charging circuit comprises a supplementary capacitor, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the supplementary capacitor is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity. The apparatus according to claim 92, wherein the apparatus is arranged to be operated in a pulsed manner resulting in at least one current pulse in the inductor having a first half pulse and a second half pulse, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity before, or at the beginning of, the first half pulse, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity before, or at the beginning of, the second half pulse. The apparatus according to claim 92 or 93, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage, wherein the absolute values of the first and second voltages differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1%. The apparatus according to claim 93, wherein, when the inductor is brought into proximity with the body tissue, or when the body tissue is brought into proximity with the second inductor, a first magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the first half pulse
129 resulting in a first displacement of charges in the body tissue, and a second magnetic field is present in said body tissue during the second half pulse resulting in a second displacement of charges in the body tissue, the first displacement of charges and the second displacement of charges being oriented in substantially opposite directions, wherein the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the first polarity to reach a first voltage, and the charging circuit is arranged to electrically charge the at least one capacitor with the second polarity to reach a second voltage, wherein the absolute values of the first and second voltages are such that the absolute values of the first displacement of charges and of the second displacement of charges differ from one another by at most 10%, in particular by at most 5%, in particular by at most 3%, in particular by at most 2%, in particular by at most 1%, in particular wherein a net charge displacement in the body tissue resulting from the first and second half pulses is substantially zero.
96. The apparatus according to any one of claims 92 to 95, wherein the apparatus further comprises at least one controller or analog circuitry arranged to control the charging of the at least one capacitor selectively with the first and second polarities.
97. The apparatus according to any one of claims 92 to 96, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components comprises a second switching device for electrically connecting the capacitor arrangement to the inductor in a selective manner, in particular under the control of the at least one controller or the analog circuitry, or wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is arranged to conduct electrical current primarily in a forward direction, wherein the forward direction corresponds to the second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor.
98. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising, in particular in the stated order: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 92 to 97; charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor and thereby enabling electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field;
130 charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling electrical current to flow between the capacitor arrangement and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components. The method according to claim 98, further comprising operating the apparatus in a pulsed manner, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first half pulse and wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second half pulse, the first half pulse and the second half pulse together forming a pulse. The method according to claim 99, wherein enabling the electrical current to flow between the at least one capacitor and the inductor through the second branch via said electric component or assembly of electric components comprises enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch after a delay after an end of the first half pulse. The method according to claim 99 or 100, further comprising controlling one or more, in particular all, of: charging the at least one capacitor with the first polarity; switching the first switching device so as to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the inductor; charging the at least one capacitor with the second polarity; and enabling the electrical current to flow through the second branch using at least one controller or analog circuitry. The method according to any one of claims 99 to 101 , wherein, when at least c) applies, the method further comprises charging the supplementary capacitor before an end of the first half pulse, in particular one or both of before the first half pulse and during the first half pulse; and causing the supplementary capacitor to charge the at least one capacitor after the first half pulse. The method according to claim 102, wherein charging the supplementary capacitor comprises charging the supplementary capacitor with a second voltage source, in
131 particular wherein the second voltage source has a smaller output power than the first voltage source. An apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a capacitor arrangement comprising at least one capacitor for storing electrical energy; a charging circuit for electrically charging the at least one capacitor; a terminal for connection to the inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; connecting circuitry between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal, wherein the connecting circuitry comprises at least a first branch and a second branch; a switching device, wherein the switching device forms part of the first branch, wherein the switching device is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the first branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first branch represents a first current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal; and an electric component or assembly of electric components, preferably an electronic component or assembly of electronic components, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components forms part of the second branch, wherein the electric component or assembly of electric components is configured to electrically connect the capacitor arrangement to the terminal so as to enable electrical current to flow through the second branch and through the inductor via said terminal when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via said terminal, caused by the electrical energy stored by means of the capacitor arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second branch represents a second current direction of current flow between the capacitor arrangement and the terminal, wherein the second current direction of current flow is opposite the first current direction of current flow; wherein the charging circuit comprises a first voltage source and wherein at least one of the following applies: a) the charging circuit comprises a second voltage source, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the
132 second voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity b) the charging circuit comprises a switching arrangement, in particular a switching arrangement comprising a H-bridge, wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a first manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity, and wherein the switching arrangement is arranged to electrically connect the first voltage source to the capacitor arrangement in a second manner so as to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity c) the charging circuit comprises a supplementary capacitor, wherein the first voltage source is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a first polarity and the supplementary capacitor is arranged to charge the at least one capacitor with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
105. An apparatus for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein a first terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the third connection point and a second terminal of the inductor is electrically connected to the fourth connection point; wherein the DC source arrangement is electrically connected between the first connection point and the second connection point;
133 wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the conductive state while the second and third switching devices are both in a substantially non-conductive state; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state so that, from a second point in time after the first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein the second and third switching devices are configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a third point in time at or after the second point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the conductive state while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein, between the first and second points in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the first and fourth switching devices and through the inductor in a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein, after the third point in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the second and third switching devices and through the inductor in a second current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor opposite the first current direction of current flow, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field.
106. The apparatus according to claim 105, further comprising at least one controller for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state.
107. The apparatus according to claim 106, wherein the at least one controller comprises an interface, such as a dial or touchscreen, via which a user or manufacturer can specify any one or more of the first to fourth points in time.
108. The apparatus according to any one of claims 105 to 107, further comprising analog circuitry for controlling one or more of the first, second, third and fourth switching devices to change between the substantially non-conductive state and the conductive state.
134 The apparatus according to any one of claims 105 to 108, further comprising at least one further electrical circuit element, wherein the at least one further electrical circuit element is configured to change, or to be changed, from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state, in particular when a voltage between certain points in the apparatus exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value, in particular when a voltage at any one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or at the inductor exceeds a selected or predetermined voltage value. The apparatus according to claim 109, wherein the at least one further electrical circuit element comprises one or more passive electrical circuit elements, in particular one or more of:
- a spark gap
- a transient-voltage-suppression diode
- a Zener diode
- a Shockley diode or
- a triode for alternating current (TRIAC) or
- a thyristor. The apparatus according to claim 109 or 110, wherein the at least one further electrical circuit element is connected in parallel to one or more of the first to fourth switching devices and/or the inductor. The apparatus according to any one of claims 105 to 111 , further comprising one or more further inductors, in particular wherein the one or more further inductors are connected in parallel to said inductor or in series with said inductor. The apparatus according to any one of claims 105 to 112, wherein the at least one DC source comprises at least one of:
- a battery
- a solar panel or solar module
135 - a fuel cell.
114. A method of generating a magnetic field, the method comprising: providing an apparatus according to any one of claims 105 to 113; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a first point in time while the second and third switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; changing the first and fourth switching devices from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state at a second point in time after the first point in time; changing the second and third switching devices from the substantially non-conductive state to the conductive state at a third point in time at or after the second point in time while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state.
115. An apparatus for use with an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue, the apparatus comprising: a first series combination of a first switching device and a second switching device, the first switching device being electrically connected to the second switching device at a first connection point; a second series combination of a third switching device and a fourth switching device, the third switching device being electrically connected to the fourth switching device at a second connection point; a DC source arrangement comprising at least one DC source for providing electrical energy; and a first terminal and a second terminal for connection to an inductor for generating a magnetic field for application to body tissue; wherein the first series combination is electrically connected in parallel, at a third connection point and a fourth connection point, with the second series combination such that the first switching device and the third switching device are electrically connected at the third connection point and such that the second switching device and the fourth switching device are electrically connected at the fourth connection point; wherein the first terminal is electrically connected to the third connection point and the second terminal is electrically connected to the fourth connection point; wherein the DC source arrangement is electrically connected between the first connection point and the second connection point; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from a substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the conductive state while the second and third switching devices are both in a substantially non-conductive state; wherein the first and fourth switching devices are configured to be changed from the conductive state to the substantially non-conductive state so that, from a second point in time after the first point in time, the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein the second and third switching devices are configured to be changed from the substantially non-conductive state to a conductive state so that, from a third point in time at or after the second point in time, the second and third switching devices are both in the conductive state while the first and fourth switching devices are both in the substantially non-conductive state; wherein, between the first and second points in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the first and fourth switching devices and through the inductor via the first and second terminals when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via the first and second terminals, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the first and fourth switching devices represents a first current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor; and wherein, after the third point in time, electrical current is arranged to flow through the second and third switching devices and through the inductor via the first and second terminals when the inductor is connected to the apparatus via the first and second terminals, caused by the electrical energy provided by the DC source arrangement, thereby causing the inductor to generate the magnetic field, wherein the electrical current flowing through the second and third switching devices represents a second current direction of current flow with respect to the inductor opposite the first current direction.
137
PCT/EP2022/086819 2021-12-20 2022-12-19 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field WO2023118023A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/555,805 2021-12-20
US17/555,805 US20230191145A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2021-12-20 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US17/846,724 2022-06-22
US17/846,724 US20230414961A1 (en) 2022-06-22 2022-06-22 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US202218067052A 2022-12-16 2022-12-16
US18/083,439 2022-12-16
US18/083,371 2022-12-16
US18/067,052 2022-12-16
US18/083,190 US20230201621A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2022-12-16 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US18/083,190 2022-12-16
US18/083,439 US20230248989A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2022-12-16 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US18/083,371 US20230211171A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2022-12-16 Apparatus and Method for Generating a Magnetic Field

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023118023A2 true WO2023118023A2 (en) 2023-06-29
WO2023118023A3 WO2023118023A3 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=84943093

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2022/086819 WO2023118023A2 (en) 2021-12-20 2022-12-19 Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023118023A2 (en)

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9402545D0 (en) * 1994-02-10 1994-04-06 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulators
GB9504216D0 (en) * 1995-03-02 1995-04-19 Magstim Co Ltd Magnetic stimulator for neuro-muscular tissue
US9180305B2 (en) * 2008-12-11 2015-11-10 Yeda Research & Development Co. Ltd. At The Weizmann Institute Of Science Systems and methods for controlling electric field pulse parameters using transcranial magnetic stimulation
JP5771261B2 (en) * 2013-12-03 2015-08-26 株式会社Ifg Medical continuous magnetic pulse generator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023118023A3 (en) 2023-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20150381167A1 (en) Gate drive circuit and a method for controlling a power transistor
TW201717530A (en) Automatic enhanced self-driven synchronous rectification for power converters
JPH0714388B2 (en) Inductive circuit device
WO2014193254A1 (en) Modular generator for bipolar or unipolar pulses with correction of voltage decay integrated in power semiconductor modules
US8970223B2 (en) Apparatus for VLF-voltage testing of cables
US7248093B2 (en) Bipolar bootstrap top switch gate drive for half-bridge semiconductor power topologies
TWI577128B (en) DC motor control device
US20230248989A1 (en) Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
WO2023118023A2 (en) Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US20230211171A1 (en) Apparatus and Method for Generating a Magnetic Field
US20230201621A1 (en) Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US8351177B2 (en) Method and apparatus for discharging a lifting magnet
US8803342B2 (en) Device and relative method for scavenging energy
Khomich et al. High voltage IGBT switch with capability of pulse width control
US9195251B2 (en) Controlled power factor correction circuit
US9356515B2 (en) Power switching device, three phase bridge inverter, and method of operating a power switching device
WO2008015626A2 (en) Electrical dc-dc power converter with magnetically coupled switch control circuit
CN110943506A (en) Auxiliary power receptacle with load inductance measurement system
US20230414961A1 (en) Apparatus and method for generating a magnetic field
US7489052B2 (en) High voltage pulse generating circuit
WO2016016201A1 (en) Operating device for a light source and method of controlling an operating device
JP2015216710A (en) Semiconductor device and power conversion device
CN107787556B (en) Circuit arrangement for controlling a transistor
US9660510B2 (en) Voltage converter for a motor vehicle
JP6115026B2 (en) Induction heating power supply

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22843150

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112024006586

Country of ref document: BR